Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
Hu Zhirong
Chairman's Address:
Providing quality explosion-proof products to customers, and spreading national spirit to the world. Leading to revitalize national explosion-proof industry, Warom Technology is mar ching forward to the great goal of creating a world brand. We sincerely hope that friends from all walks of life support and pay close attention to Warom, move forward hand in hand, and create a brilliant and splendid future together.
Chairman:
WELCOME TO JOIN US !
General Contents
General Information
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Introduction of Warom Technology Incorporated Company / Basics of Exp losion Protect io n / Basics of Water-proof Dust-proof / Schematic Diagram of Field Installation / Technical Data of Lamp
Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp / Energy-saving Lightings / Pendant Light Fittings / Floodlights / Street lamps / Ballasts / Hand Lamps / Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings
Installation Equipments
Installation Switches / Junction Boxes / Terminal Boxes / Plug and Sockets
Control Equipments
Position Switches / Control Stations and Components / Control Units / Control B uttons / Indicators / Control Switches / Ammeters and Voltmeters
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1
Contents
Introduction of Warom Technology Incorporated Company Brief Introduction Explosion-proof Technology Introduction Explosion-proof Production Introduction Quality Control Introduction Sales Introduction Basics of Explosion Protection Explosion Protection Classification of Zones Temperature Classes Explosion Groups Types of Protection Certification and Marking Basics of Water-proof Dust-proof Schematic Diagram of Field Installation Technical Data of Lamp 1/9 1/9 1/10 1/10 1/11 1/13 1/14 1/15 1/17 1/1 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/8
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1/0
Brief Introduction
Company Brief
Warom Technology Incorporated Company is t he l eading enterprise of Chinese explos ion-proof industry with a registe red ca pi ta l of 32 million USD, located in Jiading District of Shanghai, China. The company specializes in manufacturing explosion-proof lighting fixtures, and explosion-proof apparatus for industrial, m ining, marine and offshore usage. In addition, the c omp any produces special portable lighting, waterproof and dust-proof light fittings and apparatus, elevators, and floor building material. Warom Technology is cu rrent ly the exec utive member unit of China Electrical Apparatus Industrial Association, and the Vice President member Unit of China Explosion-Proof Electrical Apparatu s Associa tion. In add ition , Warom is the membe r unit of various professional organizations, including China Ship Association, China Quality Association, and S hangha i Chamber o f Import a nd Export Trade. Aimin g to cre ate a wo rld bra nd, Warom Technology has organized a technical force with great strength; there are over 200 technical talents within the team. Warom Technology manufactures products that are representing the most advanced level in terms of quality and technical standards in China. The key technical indexes of explosion-proof performance, water-proof performance, and anti-corrosive performanc e of its exporting products are compliant to international requirements. The comp any has acquired intellectual property right of all its products, and has obtained Chinese and international patent certificates. And the Warom trademark has been registered in more than 30 countries and regions. The industrial park established by Warom Technology in Shanghai is the largest explosion-proof apparatus production base in China, and it is also one of the top five largest explosion-proof mass production bases in the world. It facilitates with advanced equipments
1/1
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Brief Introduction
with the be st build-in technical process; it has a well structured quality assurance system, and it is managed by international standards, quality guarantee system and international management system. A 160,000 square meters modern manufacturing building with more than 2,500 production workers. Equipped with a series of high precision processing machineries, and achieved automatic and semi-automatic process for the key production techniques, including diecast, machining, and painting. An A grade laboratory accredited by national authority has been establish ed, with a ran ge of a dvance d inspection a nd testing equipments, including Spectrum Analyzer, X-Ray Perspective Instrument, 3D Projector, High and Low Temperature Environmental Simulator, and Salt Fog and Anti Corrosive Equipments. ISO9001 quality management system certified; and the products have obtained several ATEX certificates, such as PTB of Germany, LCIE of France, Nemko and DNV of Norway, IECEx certificates, and other certificates like FM of USA, GOST .R of Russia, CIG of Brazil and TISI of Thailand, etc. Warom s products have been widely used in various industries including Oil and Gas, Chemical, Aerospace, Coal, Electric Power, Railway, Metallurgy, Marine, Security, Fire Protection, Irrigation, City Planning, T elecom and Diving Rescue. The products are sold to 31 provinces in China in dominant position and to over 50 countries. The Company has become a reliable supplier and cooperative partner to many renowned companies and gained strong brand recognition with various awards including Famous-brand Product , Famous Trademark , AAA Credit Rating Company , and The Credible Enterprise etc.
Warom is advancing toward the world! Warom is creating a world brand of explosion protection!
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1/2
Our Technology
Technology is the key to Warom s competitive core, and it is also the driving force behind Warom s rapid development. After over twenty years of effort, Warom has gained a great technological strength and led the industrial trend of Chinese explosion-proof electrical apparatus; and currently the group is actively approaching international advanced technology. At the present, the technological center of Warom Technology has more than 200 professi onal talent s wit h s pec ialt y across different application science including Electric, Machinery, Automation, Chemical Corrosion, Information Technology, Communication, Mechanical Technics, Foundry, Measurement, and Illumination. Over the years, this team has demonstrated dynamic succession of technology and strong innovative capability. The de velop ment o f technology roots from specialization; Warom has seven specialized R&D departments conce ntrat ing in desi gning , researching and developing different product respectively. The seven R&D departments are Exporting Product T echnical Department, Lighting Technical Department, Electrical Apparatus Technical Depar tment, Mini ng Product Technical Department, Plastic Technical Department, Pipe Fittings Technical Department, and Fan Technical Department. The Exporting Product Technical Department is operated directly by the Foreign Trade Division; and it develops industrial explosionproof products that are compliant to IEC, EN, GOST stan dards in acco rdance to the i nternational market requirements. It adopts various software, including CAD Design Software, 3D Simulation Software, and Illuminance Calculation Software to consummate the whole designing process, and strives for the full satisfaction of customer requirements in product design. Every year, the Exporting Product Technical Depar tment develops 20 new products, and launches explosion-proof products that are meeting the needs of the internati onal market; until now Warom T echnology has completed the development and the certification works of over 60 product seri es fo r ex porti ng, and has issued International Explosion-Proof Product Catalogue of 2012 edition for the international market.
The technical department ensures the satisfaction of customer requirements of the design output through adopting CAD, Electric CAD and 3D Design Software, conducting Simulation of Elect ric P erfor mance, and Controlling of Designing Process. Th e 3D Design Software simulates the field condition, and the 3D Illuminanc e Calculation Software calculates the light illuminance in any point of a 3D space for the actual application effect, so to ensure the on-site lighting requirement of user.
1/3
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Production Introduction
After over twenty years development, the company has founded the explosion-proof manufacturing base in Jiading of Shanghai, Chi na, with land coverage of 150,000 square meters and a building coverage of 160,000 square meters. It has over 2,500 production workers with an annual production capacity of 300 million USD. There are seven units within the production department, including Export Production Unit, Die-Cast Unit, Fabricating Unit, Electric Appliance Unit, Piping Unit, Fan Unit, and Plastic Unit, forming an all-in-one explosion-proof apparatus manufacturing system. The Exporting Production Unit is focusing on producing explosion-proof products for exporting that are complied with IEC, EN and GOST standard s. The unit is dire ctly under the management of the Foreign Trade Division of the company and is operating within the Quality Management System of ISO9001, IECEx/OD005 and ATEX/EN13980. We believe firmly that the quality is controlled in the process, an d we apply a variety of inspection equipments, inspection measures, an d management mode to ensure the quality of our product through delicate elaboration.
Assembly line
Die-Cast Workshop
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1/4
Enterprise and our Inspection and Testing Laboratory has been the first in the industry that evaluated by
We are not only paying attention to the quality control during the manufacturing process, we pay more attention to the outgoing inspection before our products leave the factory. We make sure that each product must go through various inspection and testing items before it leaves the factory, and only those qualified after inspection and test are allowed to leave the factory.
Electrical Laboratory The electrical laboratory can perform various tests, including: Glow-Wire T est, Tracking Test, Needle Flame Test, Insulation Resistance Measurement, Voltage Withstand Test, Low Resistance Measurement, Contact Resistance Measurement, Earth Resistance Measurement, Lithium Battery Inner Resistance Measurement, and LED Luminous Flux Test and Measurement.
1/5
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Mechanical Testing Center The mechanical test center is equip ped with C omputerized Universal Hydraulic Testing Machine, Micro-processed Spring Dynamometer, and Impact Testing Equipment. Various tests and measurements can be performed in the center, such as Material Strength Measurement (yield strength, and tensile strength, etc.), Pulling Force Test, Tempered Glass Impact Test, Spring Force Measurement, Rubber Hardness Measurement, and Material Hardness Measurement.
Environmental Testing Center Various Inspections and tests can be performed in the Environmental Test Center, such as Rubber Agin g Test, Dust Protection Test, High & Low Temperature Test, Damp Heat Test, Low Temperature Environmental Simulation T est, High Temperature Environment Simulation Test, Anti-Corrosi on Test, and Adhesive Force Test of Plastic Coating, etc.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1/6
Material Analysis Using Spectrometric Analyzer Imported directly from Germany, the Full-Spectrum Spark Direct Reading Spectrometric Analyzer enables us to perform micro constituent analysis for the three basic materials of copper, alumin um, and steel, and the analysis of various constituent can be completed in mere 10 seconds.
High Precision Image Measuring Instrument High Precision Image Measuring Instrument utilizes the principle of microscope image projec tion, it can be used for two dimensional and three dimensional precis ion measurement and fla mepro of thread measurement. This instrument has sel f calibration module, and the measurement accuracy can be as high as 5 micron.
Measurement of Luminous Intensity Distribution Curve The Distribution Photometer is used for measuring the luminous intensity distribution curve of various lighting fixtures, it can satisfy the latest requirements of domestic and international standards; it can perform functional measurement for various luminous intensi ties, and it is suitable for luminous intensity test of different types of light source. Thi s Distribution Photometer is controlled by computer with automatic focus adjustment, so the distribution curve can be finished in one run.
1/7
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Sales Introduction
Sales Introduction
We are devoted to the market development. We have established a massive sales network in China, with over 200 local sales branch offices. Warom has gained strong brand recognition in China; and from Aerospace Industry to Military Industry, Oil Exploitation in land and offs hore , fr om O il R efin ery to Fine Chemical, from Heavy Industrial Smelt to shipbuilding, from Vintage and Wi nery to P harm ac euti cal Manufacturing, and also Coal Mining, Warom s products have been widely used in different industries. For the past 10 years till now, Warom has been the No.1 in terms of sales and production in the explosion-proof industry of China. In year 2002, Warom started its international endeavor by activating international market research, technological development, and quality positioning. Since then Warom has actively participated in various international professional exhibitions, such as Germany Hann over Mes se, Iran Oil & P etro chem ical Exhibition, Indonesia Oil & Petrochemical Exhibition, ASEAN Oil & C hem ica l E xhi bit ion, and Brazi l Inte rnati onal Oil & Gas Ex hibition. In year 2005, we have completed the design, and the production and quality control syst em for the e xpor ting prod ucts ; and our products have been exported to various countries and regions, including Germany, Italy, Franc e, Po land , Russia, Ka zakhsta n, I ran, Om an, Saudi Arabia, U.A.E, Syria, Israel, Sudan, Egypt, South Africa, Pakistan, Vietnam, Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Brazil, Chile, Argentina and Columbia, etc. We are currently increasing our effort in developing the international market, and have appointed distributors and agents in over 35 countries and regions, including Russia, Spain, Turkey, South Africa, Iran, D ubai, Vietna m, Thailand, and Brazil . Our next step in mar ket ing is to es tab lis h m ore of fic es in the Middle East, EU, Africa andAmerica, and we welcome all interest ed part ie s to joi n u s c rea tin g a new world brand.
Warom s BAY51-Q36X2 series fluorescent li ghts that are applied to petrochemical enterprise SECCO (joint venture between SINOPEC & BP).
Warom s BAD81, BSZD81 series lighting used in Gas Separation Plant & Et hane Separation Project spot (PTT).
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1/8
Flammable gases, mists and dusts, together with oxygen, form explosive atmospheres. Ignition of such atmospheres may cause serious damage to personnel and equipments. Explosion takes place in the condition of the following factors: flammable substances (gas, vapour, mist or dust) in a suitable distribution and concentration oxygen(from the air) ignition source An ex plosi ve at mosphere occurs if the substance- air mixtur e lie s within a ce rtain concentration range, which is d efined as Explosion Limits. Explosion limits depend on the ambient pressure and oxygen concentration of the air.
Explosion Protection
In order to avoid explosions and consequential dangers, an operator must incorporate effective explosion protec tion preca utions into plant. The principle of full explosion requires that explosion protection measures be taken in the following order. Measure to prevent formation of dangerous explosive atmospheres. Measure to prevent ignition of dangerous explosive atmospheres. Measure to restrict the effects of explosion to a safe level. Distinguished as: Primary explosion protection: all measures to prevent the formation of explosive atmosphere Secondary explosion protection: all measures to restrict the effects of explosion to an insignificant level Explosion protection minimize explosion effects
Classification of Zones
Hazardous areas are classified into Zones, depending on the composition and presence of an explosive atmosphere. This enables both selection of suitable equipment and appropriate electrical installation. Electrical apparatus for use in hazardous areas are assigned to various categories. The additional character G(gas) or D(dust) specifies whether the electri cal appara tus ma y be installed in gas or dust hazardous areas. Zone in accordance with EC directive 1999/92/EC Zone 0 Zone 20 Presence of potential explosive atmospheres continuous or long-term or frequent occasional infrequent and short-term Safety level of equipment Classification of Zones and use of equipment Zone 0 Equipment with type test certificate Zone 1 Equipment with type test certificate Zone 2 Equipment complying with the basic requirements of Directive 94/9/EC (Equipment certified for Zone 0 and 1 can also be used)
1/9
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Ignition temperature of flammable substances ( ) 450 300 450 280 300 260 280 230 260 215 230 200 300 180 200 165 180 160 165 135 200 120 135 100 135 85 100
Temperature class NEC 500-3 CEC 18-052 T1 T2 T2A T2B T2C T2D T3 T3A T3B T3C T4 T4A T5 T6
T3
T4 T5 T6
Explosion Groups
Explosion protected electrical equipment is divided in to 2 gro ups: Group I Electrical equipment for mining Group II Electrical equipment for all other hazardous areas Electrical equipment of group II is further subdivided in groups IIA , IIB and II C, depending on the danger level of the gas or vap our atmo sphere in which they are operated. Equipment of grou p II C is suitable for use in the most dangerous atmospheres. Examples of the Classification of Gases and Vapours into Explosion Groups and Temperaure Classes T1 Methane Acetone Ethane Ethyl acetate Ammonia Benzene(pure) Acetic acid Carbon monixide Methane Methanol Propane Toluene Town gas (coal gas) Hydrogen T2 Ethyl alcohol i-amyl acetate n-butane n-butyl alcohol T3 Gasoline Diesel fuel aviation fuel Heating oils n-hexane T4 Acetaldehyde Ethyl ether T5 T6
I IIA
IIB IIC
Ethylene Acetylene Carbon disulphide The maximum surface temp erature of the equipment must be compared with the ignition temperature, and the glow temperature should also be taken into account as safety factor: temperature limit regarding dust clouds: Tmax=2/3Tign temperature limit regarding dust layers: Tmax=Tglow-75k(5mm dust layer) The lower of the two values above represents the maximum permissible surface temperature of the equipment
There is no classification of dust material into temperature classes or explo sion groups. This me an s t ha t t he respective values are to be taken into account. The mini mum ignition energy Emin (of a gas-air mixture) is the energy o f an electric al spark that is capable of igniting the most critical(highes t ignition performance) mixture under defined test conditions. Ignition temperature Tign (of a gas-air mixture) is the lowest temperatue of a hot wall surface at which the mixture is ignited after shortterm contact. The glow temperature Tglow (of a dust layer) is the lowest temperature of a hot surface on which ig nition occurs in a 5mm thick layer of dust.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1/10
Types of Protection
In areas where explosive atmospheres can occur despite the explosion protection measures employed , only explosion-protected electrical equipment may be used. Explosion protected electrical equipment can be manufactured to IEC protection type levels. Types of protection for electrical apparatus in hazardous areas Type of protection Flameproof enclosure d Diagram Main application Switchgears, control stations, indicating equipm ents, control systems, motors, transformers, heating equipments, light fittings Standard EN 60079-1 IEC 60079-1 UL 60079-1 FM 3600
Increased safety e
Terminal and junction boxes, control boxes for installing Ex-components(with different types of protection), s quirrel-cage motors, light fittings
UL 60079-7 FM 3600
Pressurized apparatus
Switchgears and control cabinets, analysis devices, large motors Px=for use in Zone 1, 2 Py=for use in Zone 1, 2 Pz=for use in Zone 2 Transformers, capacitors, terminal boxes for heating conductors
Powder filling
UL 60079-5 FM 3600
Intrinsic safety i
Instrumentation technology, fieldbus technology, sensors, actuators ia=for use in Zone 0, 1, 2 ib=for use in Zone 1, 2 [Ex ib]=associated electrical apparatus installation in the safe areas Intrinsic safety systems Fieldbus intrinsically-safe concept (F ISCO) for Zone 1 Fieldbus non-incentive concept (FNICO) for Zone 2
EN 60079-25 IEC 60079-25 EN 60079-27 IEC 60079-27 EN 60079-6 IEC 60079-6 UL 60079-6 FM 3600
Oil immersion
Encapsulation
Switchgear with small capacity, control and signaling units, display units, sensors ma=for use in Zone 0, 1, 2 mb=for use in Zone 1, 2 All electrical apparatus for Zone 2 nA=non-sparking apparatus nC=sparking apparatus in which the contacts are protected in a suitable way nL=energy limited apparatus nR=restricted breathing apparatus nZ=apparatus with n-pressurization op is =inherently safe optical radiation op pr=protected optical radiation op sh=optical radiation interlock
Type of protection n_
1/11
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Types of Protection
Types of protection for electrical apparatus in hazardous areas Type of protection Protection type enclosure tD Diagram Main application Switchgears and control stations, terminal and connection boxes. control boxes motors, light fittings tD A21=under procedure A for Zone 21 tD B21=under procedure B for Zone 21 Switchgears and control cabinets, motors Standard EN 61241-1 IEC 61241-1
Pressurization
pD
EN 61241-4
IEC 61241-4
Intrinsic safety
iD
Measurement and field control technology, sensors, actuators iaD=for use in Zone 20, 21, 22 ibD=for use in Zone 21, 22 [Ex ibD]=installation of associated ele ctrical appara tus in safe areas Switchgears with small capacity, control and signaling units, display units, sensors maD=for use in Zone 20, 21, 22 mbD=for use in Zone 21, 22
EN 61241-11
IEC 61241-11
Encapsulation
mD
EN 61241-18
IEC 61241-18
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1/12
Only appropriately certified and marked units may be used in hazardous areas. EC-Directive Validity Range of validity for equipment in hazardous areas 94/9/EC from 01.03.1996 all equipment and protection systems gases, vapours and dusts including mining QM certificate of a notified body manufacturers s declaration of conformity on the basis of the type examination
Marking laid down by the directives and the standards Name or marking of the manufacturer Type marking (e.g.) Address Marking of explosion protection BXM(D)51 No.555 Baoqian Road, Jiading, Shanghai, China Ex de IIB T6 Ex CENELEC marking d, e, ib, [ib], 1) Protection types IIB Explosion groups (for gases) T6 Temperature class II 2 G D Mark according to EC Directive II 2 G, D Test station, No. of certificate PTB 03 ATEX 10782) CE-mark, No. of testing authority 0102 Electrical data V, A, W, Hz Ambient temperature, Ta +50 if other than -20 +40 1) ib for intrinsically safe apparatus, [ib] for associated apparatus 2) with X if special conditions are indicated for use, etc. with U for Ex-components Group of equipment Category of equipment G: gases, vapours or mists; D: dusts
1/13
http:// www.waromgroup.com
IP
and two numbers attached be hind; for impl icati on o f th e first and second
Brief statement Non-protection Prevent the solid strange particles, of which size is more than 50mm. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which size is more than 12mm. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which size is more than 2.5mm. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which size is more than 1mm. Dust-proof
Protection class Implication Non-special protection Able to prevent certain part of human bo dy(such a s hands) from touching the electric parts by accident or the parts which are working i nside enclosure, but ca n t preve nt from approaching these parts consciously. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which diameter exceeds 50mm, into enclosure. Prevent the figures or other similar things which are more than 80mm long from touching the electric parts or working parts inside enclosure. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which diameter exceeds 12mm, into enclosure. Able to prevent tools and metal wire which are more than 2.5m m in diameter or thickness, from entering into enclosure. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which diameter exceeds 2.5mm, into enclosure. Able to prevent tools and metal wire which are more than 1m m in diame ter or thick ness, from entering into enclosure. Prevent the solid strange particles , of whic h diameter exceeds 1mm, into enclosure. It can not completely prevent dust from entering, but the dust amount does not affect the normal operation of electrical equipment.
2
12.5mm
3
2.5mm
4
1mm
Dust-sealed
The second figure shows the protection class The first figure 0 1 Protection class Implication Non-special protection Vertical water-dropping has no harmful effect.
15 Drop-proof
When the electrical equipment inclines from any direction of normal position to an angle up to 15 , the vertical water-dropping has no harmful effect. Showering water within 60 angle of inclination results in no harmful effect.
Showering water-proof
Splashing water-proof
Bearing the splashing water from any direction results in no harmful effect.
Spraying water-proof
Bearing the spraying water from any direction results in no harmful effect.
Wave-proof
Bearing strong wave impact and strong spraying water, the water capacity into electrical equipment results in no harmful effect. When electrical equipments are soaked into the water of speci fied press ure for the specified time, th e water capacity into electrical equipments results in no harm ful effect . When electrical equipments are diving in water of specified pressure for a long time, water will not enter into enclosure.
Effect of diving-proof
The water-proof dust-proof corrosion-proof in accordance with the following schematic diagram.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1/14
The drawing simulates installed explosion-proof equipment with cable wiring on site, meeting IEC 60079 and NEC505 standards. It is designed as reference for user to select and install explosion-proof equipment.
BnD81
1/15
http:// www.waromgroup.com
The drawing simulates installed explosion-proof equipment with steel pipe wiring on site, meeting IEC 60079 and NEC505 standards. It is designed as reference for user to select and install explosion-proof equipment.
DQM
DQM
BHD51 DQM
BLK
DQM
DQM
DQM
DQM
DQM
DQM DQM
DQM
DQM
BAD85
BAT53
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1/16
Incandescent lamp
Picture Lamp power W 40 60 100 150 200 300 500 Power supply V 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC Luminous flux lm 283 500 1025 1600 2000 4050 7360 Lamp holder E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E40 E40 Average life h 1000 1000 1000 1500 1500 1500 1500 Diameter mm 60 60 60 60 60 100 100 Length mm 104 104 104 104 104 190 190
1/17
http:// www.waromgroup.com
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1/18
Power supply
HSE, HIE
HME
Selection table of European standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components
Lamp type HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HME HME HME HME HME Lamp power(W) 70 100 150 250 400 1000 70 100 150 175 250 400 1000 80 125 175 250 400 Lamp holder E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 E40 E27 E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 E40 E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 Ballast HSE70 HSE100 HSE150 HSE250 HSE400 HSE1000 HIE70 HIE100 HIE150 HIE175 HIE250 HIE400 HIE1000 HME80 HME125 HME175 HME250 HME400 Trigger CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h SN56 CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h SI51Plus Capacitor 12 F 15 F 20 F 32 F 50 F 2 x 50 F 12 F 15 F 20 F 20 F 18 F 25 F 2 x 32 F 8 F 12 F 15 F 18 F 25 F
Ballast
Trigger
Capacitor
1/19
http:// www.waromgroup.com
CWA-1 circuit for HIE: 50W, 70W, 100W, 150W HSE: 250W, 400W, 600W, 1000W
Selection table of American standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components
Lamp type HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE Power (W) 50 70 100 150 250 400 600 1000 50 70 100 150 175 250 400 1000 Lamp S68 S62 S54 S55 S50 S51 S106 S52 M110 M98 M90 M102 M57 M58 M59 M47 Ballast 120560HPS50LTH 120560HPS70LTH 120560HPS100LTH 120560HPS150LTH 120560HPS250LTI 120560HPS400LTI 120560HPS600LTI 120560HPS1000LTI 120560MH50LTI 120560MH70LTI 120560MH100LTI 120560MH150LTI 120560MH175LTC 120560MH250LTC 120560MH400LTC 120560MH1000LTC Voltage 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz Circuit HX HX HX HX CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-2 CWA-2 CWA-2 CWA-2 Trigger IG-3MHL IG-3MHL IG-3MHL IG-3MHL IG-3MCM IG-3MCM IG-3MCM IG-3MCH IG-3MCL IG-3MCL IG-3MCL IG-3MCL Capacitor CS-2/540V CS-3/540V CS-4/540V CS-5/540V CC-33/250V CC-55/250V CC-55/250V CC-28/540V CC-6/300V CC-10/300V CC-12/300V CC-18/300V CS-12/540V CS-15/540V CS-24/540V CS-24/540V
Ballast
Trigger
Capacitor
http:// www.waromgroup.com
1/20
Lighting Technology
More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for the latest develop ment. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs and products available without notice.
2/0
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Lighting Technology
Contents
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp (Ex deq IIC) BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp (Ex d IIC) BAY52 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp (Ex d IIC) BAY-H Series Explosion-proof Annular Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp (Ex d IIB) BnY81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp (Ex nA) Energy-saving Lightings BAD81 Series Flameproof Energy-saving Lightings (Ex d IIC) BAD85 Series Explosion-proof LED Lightings (Ex d IIC) BDD81 Series Explosion-proof Lightings (Ex d IIC) Pendant Light Fittings BAD Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex d IIB) BAD61 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex d IIC) BAD71 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex de IIC) BAD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex de IIC) BDD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex d IIC) BnD81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex nR) Floodlights BAT51 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights (Ex d IIB) BAT53 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights (Ex de IIB, Ex d IIC) BAT85 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights (Ex d IIC) BAT86 Series Explosion-proof LED Floodlights (Ex de IIC) BnT81 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights (Ex nR) Street Lamps/Ballasts/Hand Lamps Explosion-proof Street Lamps (Ex de IIB, Ex de IIC, Ex nR, Ex d IIC) BAZ51 Series Explosion-proof Ballasts (Ex d IIB) BSX Series Explosion-proof Incandescent Hand Lamps (Ex de IIC) BAD305 Portable Explosion-proof Searchlights (Ex d IIC) BAD309E Multi-functional Strong Explosion-proof Searchlights (Ex ib IIC) BAD502A Explosion-proof Strong Working Lights (Ex de IIC) Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAJ52 Series Explosion-proof Emergency Light Fittings (Ex d IIB) BAYD Series Explosion-proof Emergency Exit Light Fittings (Ex d IIC) BAK51 Series Explosion-proof Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings (Ex d IIB) BAK85 Series Explosion-proof LED Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings (Ex d IIC) BSZD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings (Ex de IIC) BBJ Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings (Ex d [ib] ib IIC) BJD Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings (Ex d IIC) BBJ81 Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings (Ex d ib IIC) BJD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings (Ex d IIC) 2/96 2/98 2/100 2/102 2/104 2/108 2/110 2/112 2/114 2/86 2/88 2/90 2/93 2/94 2/95 2/70 2/72 2/78 2/80 2/84 2/36 2/42 2/50 2/54 2/58 2/64 2/26 2/30 2/34 2/2 2/8 2/16 2/20 2/22
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/1
Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Seri es Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Two enclosure types: 18W, 36W. Enclosure in glass fiber reinforced polyester, diff user in polycarbonate, corrosion-proof. Ex e enclosure with explosion-proof components inside. Safety interlock between enclosure and diffuser switches off on opening. Electronic ballast, power factor 0.95. Emergency unit with protections agai nst o ver c harge and over discharge. End of lamp life (EOL) rectification effect protection.
J: Emergency lighting (optional) L: pole type X: ceiling type Mounting B: wall type D: pendant chain type G: pendant pole type Lamp number Lamp power (W) Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
BAY51-Q
x
Ex deq IIC T4 Gb Ex tD A21 IP66 T80
LCIE 06 ATEX 6035X; IECEx CQM 07.0007; BR229577 (Brazil) S-XPL/04547 (South Africa); FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-5:2007, EN 60079-7:2007 EN 61241-0:2006, EN 61241-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-5:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 GRP, stands 7J impact, corrosion-proof Polycarbonate, 90% light transmission, stands 7J impact Explosion-proof electronic ballast, power factor 0.95, with protection ag ainst shor t circuit, overload, lamp aging, lamp dam age and d issymmetry power of lamp tube. Certificate No.: LCIE 06 A TEX 0003U; IECEx CQM 07.0005U; BR229576-U (Brazil). Stainless steel BZX-6 explosion-proof distance switch, switching off on opening. Certificate No.: LCIE 06 ATEX 0002U, IECEx CQM 07.0006U PHILIPS T8 (supplied with the light fittings) 36W x 2 36W x 1 18W x 2 18W x 1
Rated voltage Protection class Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Available cable outer diameter
96 254V AC 50/60Hz II (Protection against electric shock) IP66 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) 4 x 26: 2 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, plastic), 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug. 9 16 (mm)
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY51-Q36 x 1L BAY51-Q36 x 1X BAY51-Q36 x 1B BAY51-Q36 x 1D BAY51-Q36 x 1G BAY51-Q18 x 1L BAY51-Q18 x 1X BAY51-Q18 x 1B BAY51-Q18 x 1D BAY51-Q18 x 1G Lamp power(W) 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 Weight(kg) 11.40 11.30 12.30 12.60 12.20 6.80 6.70 7.80 8.10 7.70 Type/Ordering code BAY51-Q36 x 2L BAY51-Q36 x 2X BAY51-Q36 x 2B BAY51-Q36 x 2D BAY51-Q36 x 2G BAY51-Q18 x 2L BAY51-Q18 x 2X BAY51-Q18 x 2B BAY51-Q18 x 2D BAY51-Q18 x 2G Lamp power(W) 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 Weight(kg) 11.60 11.40 12.50 12.75 12.40 7.00 6.90 7.90 8.20 7.85 7).
Note: Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/6
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/3
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
BAY51-Q
36W x 1, 18W x 1 0.3s 24h 120min (180min is optional) 96 IP66 -20 4x 9 +55 26: 2 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, plastic), 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug. 16 (mm) 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) 254V AC 50/60Hz II (Protection against electric shock)
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY51-Q36 x 1LJ BAY51-Q36 x 1XJ BAY51-Q36 x 1BJ BAY51-Q36 x 1DJ BAY51-Q36 x 1GJ BAY51-Q18 x 1LJ BAY51-Q18 x 1XJ BAY51-Q18 x 1BJ BAY51-Q18 x 1DJ BAY51-Q18 x 1GJ Lamp power(W) 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 Weight(kg) 13.00 12.95 14.00 14.30 13.90 8.65 8.50 9.60 9.90 9.50 Type/Ordering code BAY51-Q36 x 2LJ BAY51-Q36 x 2XJ BAY51-Q36 x 2BJ BAY51-Q36 x 2DJ BAY51-Q36 x 2GJ BAY51-Q18 x 2LJ BAY51-Q18 x 2XJ BAY51-Q18 x 2BJ BAY51-Q18 x 2DJ BAY51-Q18 x 2GJ Lamp power(W) 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 Weight(kg) 13.05 13.10 14.10 14.45 14.05 8.80 8.70 9.75 10.00 9.65
Note: Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts T able (see P2/6 7).
2/4
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Photometric data
18W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2100lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 333 332 328 320 310 295 278 259 236 211 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 184 155 124 93 63 37 17 0 0
36W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:5000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 705 703 702 699 697 697 700 699 695 688 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 682 658 433 594 549 469 328 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
J)
Note: Tube for lamp 2 shall be default for single tube fittings.
BAY51-Q36 x
BAY51-Q18 x
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/5
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
40 48 4- 14
40 48
40
48
X: ceiling type
4- 10
B: wall type
4- 11
Ordering code
Weight (kg)
2
84
0.15
2 2
5136016 5136030
0.08 0.07
.Mounting bracket
8.5 2- 10
51S01G1
0.04
.M8 Screw
Length: 350mm
51S01G2
0.12
.Mounting bracket
9 2- 10
5136030
0.05
2/6
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
.Mounting bracket
5136012
0.04
2- 7
L: pole type
5136014
0.04
.Mounting bracket
5136030
0.07
X: ceiling type
.Mounting bracket
5136015
0.20
B: wall type
.Wall bracket
5136B02
0.62
Accessories
Picture Name Ordering code Weight (kg)
5136003
0.04
Spanner
5136004
0.02
5136005
0.02
5136011
1.30
5118004
1.30
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/7
Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Single or dual lamp versions Available lamp and power Fluorescent lamps: 18W x 1, 36W x 1, 58W x 1, 18W x 2, 36W x 2, 58W x 2. LED lamps: 9W x 1, 9W x 2, 18W x 1, 18W x 2. The glass tube stands 4J impact. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Electronic ballast, wide voltage range, rapi d starting, stable performance, power factor 0.95.
End of lamp life (EOL) rectification effect protection. Only fluorescent lamp with emergency ligh ting function, LED
J: Emergency lighting (optional) L: pole type X: ceiling type Lamp number Lamp power (W) LED: Only for LED lamp Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp
Mounting
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
BAY51-
EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Electronic ballast Powder coated carbon steel (white) or stainless steel Stainless steel PHILIPS T8 (supplied with the light fittings) 18W x 1 18W x 2 36W x 1 36W x 2 58W x 1 58W x 2 100 300V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -20 +55 (-60 +55 ) 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE)
Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Single lamp Dual lamp Cable gland (optional)
3 x M25 x 1.5 Plug 4 x M25 x 1.5 Plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20
25.
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY51-18 x 1X BAY51-18 x 1L BAY51-36 x 1X BAY51-36 x 1L BAY51-58 x 1X BAY51-58 x 1L Lamp power(W) 18 x 1 18 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 58 x 1 58 x 1 Weight(kg) 5.60 6.50 8.80 9.30 10.40 10.85 Type/Ordering code BAY51-18 x 2X BAY51-18 x 2L BAY51-36 x 2X BAY51-36 x 2L BAY51-58 x 2X BAY51-58 x 2L Lamp power(W) 18 x 2 18 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 58 x 2 58 x 2 Weight(kg) 10.60 11.55 16.30 16.85 18.30 19.20
Note: Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/14 15).
BAY51- x1
110
BAY51- x2
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/9
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
BAY51- x
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY51-18 x 2XJ BAY51-18 x 2LJ BAY51-36 x 2XJ Lamp power(W) 18 x 2 18 x 2 36 x 2 Weight(kg) 14.50 14.60 20.20 Type/Ordering code BAY51-36 x 2LJ BAY51-58 x 2XJ BAY51-58 x 2LJ Lamp power(W) 36 x 2 58 x 2 58 x 2 Weight(kg) 20.30 22.20 22.30
Note: Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/14~15).
250
BAY51- x2 J
2/10
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
, BAY51- x
J)
18W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2100lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 164 163 161 160 160 160 160 159 149 144
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 335 334 330 327 325 323 317 310 297 286
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
36W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2500lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
36W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:5000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 333 331 330 328 324 324 324 318 306 297
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 698 699 694 687 686 683 675 657 628 604
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
58W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:4000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
58W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:8000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 518 516 510 505 498 495 492 481 462 447
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 1103 1101 1095 1088 1088 1082 1062 1027 984 951
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/11
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
BAY51-LED
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY51-LED 9 x 1X BAY51-LED 9 x 1L BAY51-LED 9 x 2X BAY51-LED 9 x 2L Lamp power(W) 9x1 9x1 9x2 9x2 Weight(kg) 5.50 5.90 9.80 10.50 Type/Ordering code BAY51-LED 18 x 1X BAY51-LED 18 x 1L BAY51-LED 18 x 2X BAY51-LED 18 x 2L Lamp power(W) 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 2 18 x 2 Weight(kg) 8.30 8.35 15.70 16.40
Note: Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/14~15).
BAY51-LED x1
100
BAY51-LED x2
2/12
http:// www.waromgroup.com
100
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Energy-saving effect
Elaboration of plural white LED modules, unidirectional illumination, soft and balanced light, LED lamp service life extended by 4 times, less luminous efficiency>90lm/W, high colour rendering, maintenance expense, and less electric energy loss. long service life (50000h), environmental protection. Similar luminous flux, electricity saved by over 55%,
)
9W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:1620lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 188 187 182 176 170 165 154 143 137 132
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 377 375 370 361 352 338 324 306 287 264
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
18W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:1620lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
18W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:3240lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 294 294 292 287 280 273 262 250 237 222
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 593 592 586 576 561 542 520 493 464 431
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/13
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Mounting type for light fittings with single lamp tube (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration
Installation reference X: ceiling type L: pole type (the pole is provided by user)
4- 8.5
40
48 4- 14
Mounting type for light fittings with dual lamp tube (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration
Installation reference X: ceiling type L: pole type (the pole is provided by user)
4-
8.5
40
48
4-
14
2XJ)
L: pole type (the pole is provided by user)(for: BAY51W) (18 ) 575 (36W ) 5 8W 8 1 1 7(5 148
2LJ)
210
67.5
175
150 200
150 200
4-
14
2/14
260
http:// www.waromgroup.com
96.5
48
4 5 2
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Mounting accessories and spare parts table (light fittings with single lamp tube)
Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name Accessories Qty Illustration Ordering code Weight (kg)
.Mounting bracket
9 2- 10
5136030
0.06
0.30~0.50
.G1 1/4
Pipe clamp
5136014
0.04
L: pole type
.Mounting bracket
5136012
0.04
2 1
51S01X1 51S01X2
0.04 0.30~0.50
Mounting accessories and spare parts table (light fittings with dual lamp tube)
Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name .Mounting bracket Accessories Qty 1 Illustration
9 2- 10
1 1
51S01X1
0.04
Length: 0.7m (18W), 1.3m (36W), 1.6m (58W) 51S01X2 0.30 0.50
.Mounting bracket
51D01X3
0.13
2- 7
5136014
0.04
L: pole type
.Mounting bracket .Connector .Steel wire rope (with hook) .Mounting bracket
5136012 51S01X1
0.04 0.04
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/15
Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY52 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Available lamp power: 18W x 1, 36W x 1,18W x 2, 36W x 2. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated extern al surface, yellow (RAL1021).
L: pole type X: ceiling type Mounting D: pendant chain type G: pendant pole type B: wall type Lamp number Lamp power (W) Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY52-18 x 1X BAY52-18 x 1L BAY52-18 x 1D BAY52-18 x 1G BAY52-36 x 1X BAY52-36 x 1L BAY52-36 x 1D BAY52-36 x 1G Lamp power (W) 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 Weight (kg) 3.90 4.00 4.20 4.20 4.80 5.00 5.10 5.10 Type/Ordering code BAY52-18 x 2X BAY52-18 x 2L BAY52-18 x 2G BAY52-18 x 2B BAY52-36 x 2X BAY52-36 x 2L BAY52-36 x 2G BAY52-36 x 2B Lamp power (W) 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 Weight (kg) 7.60 7.30 7.90 8.50 12.00 11.70 12.50 12.40
Note: 1. Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/18 19). 2. Wall type is applicable for dual-lamp light fitting only. 3. Pendant chain type is applicable for single-lamp light fitting only.
Zones 1&2
2/16
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY52 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
BAY52
M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 1 x G 3/4 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) (1 x M25 x 1.5 for pole type dual-lamp light fittings; M25 x 1.5 or M2 0 x 1 .5
with reducer on request) Cable gland Available cable outer diameter See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table 10 14 (mm)
Photometric data
36W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2500lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm 36W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:5000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 335 334 330 331 325 304 277 249 236 230
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 726 723 714 717 719 683 649 601 555 529
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/17
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY52 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Mounting type for light fittings with single lamp tube (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration
Installation reference X: ceiling type D: pendant chain type G: pendant pole type
410
4-
10
40
40
40
48
48
48 414
Mounting accessories and spare parts table (light fittings with single lamp tube)
Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name Accessories Qty Illustration Ordering code Weight (kg)
X: ceiling type
.Mounting bracket
8.5 210
51S01G1
0.04
.Chain D: pendant chain type .Hook expansion bolt .Mounting bracket G: pendant pole type .M8 Screw
2 2 2 2
Length: 450mm
5
5136016 52017
51S01G1 51S01G2
5136012
0.04
2-
5136014
0.04
2/18
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY52 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Mounting type for light fittings with dual lamp tube (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration
Installation reference X: ceiling type G: pendant pole type
9 9 2210 10
B: wall type
40
40
40
48
48
48 414
Mounting accessories and spare parts table (light fittings with dual lamp tube)
Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name .Mounting bracket X: ceiling type .M8 Screw .BHD51 Explosion-proof junction box .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .Mounting bracket G: pendant pole type .M8 Screw .BHD51 Explosion-proof junction box .Straight pipe (G3/4 ) B: wall type
11 .Wall bracket
Accessories Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 Illustration Same as light fittings with single lamp Length:150mm G3/4 (Ex e) G3/4 (M)/G3/4 (M) Same as light fittings with single lamp Length: 350mm G3/4 (Ex e) Length: 250mm Welded sheet steel Same as light fittings with single lamp Same as light fittings with single lamp M25 x 1.5
Ordering code 51S01G1 52D01X1 52D01X2 See P7/8 51S01G1 51S01G2 52D01X2 52D01G1 5236B01 5136012 5136014 See P7/20
Weight (kg) 0.04 0.08 0.40 0.28 0.04 0.12 0.40 0.34 0.60 0.04 0.04 0.25
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/19
Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY-H Series Explosion-proof Annular Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Power: 21W x 1, 21W x 2. Enclosure in copper-fr ee aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Powder coated wire guard, white. Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.
Lamp number Lamp power (W) Explosion-proof annular light fittings for fluorescent lamp
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY-H21 x 1 Lamp power (W) 21 x 1 Weight (kg) 5.00 Type/Ordering code BAY-H21 x 2 Lamp power (W) 21 x 2 Weight (kg) 5.60
Photometric data
21W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:1000lm; The data from GE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 122 123 123 123 123 122 120 116 114 113 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 106 98 87 80 70 60 51 44 45
21W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2000lm; The data from GE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 178 194 222 241 248 245 237 229 220 203 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 181 166 161 144 141 103 77 56 48
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY-H Series Explosion-proof Annular Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
BAY-H x
160
230
245
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/21
Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BnY81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Six enclosure types: -Single tube: three enclosure types -Dual tube: three enclosure types Applicable lamp power
25W x 1, 25W x 2 Electronic ballast, wide voltage range, rapid starting, stable performance, power factor 0.95. Only dual tube light fittings with emergency lighting function.
Mounting
Lamp number Lamp power (W) LED: Only for LED lamp Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp
Selection table
Type/ Ordering code BnY81-18 x 1X BnY81-18 x 1G BnY81-18 x 1D BnY81-18 x 1B BnY81-18 x 1L BnY81-18 x 2X BnY81-18 x 2G BnY81-18 x 2D BnY81-18 x 2B BnY81-18 x 2L Lamp power (W) 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 Weight (kg) 2.70 2.50 2.80 3.30 2.60 2.70 2.80 2.90 3.40 2.70 Type/ Ordering code BnY81-36 x 1X BnY81-36 x 1G BnY81-36 x 1D BnY81-36 x 1B BnY81-36 x 1L BnY81-36 x 2X BnY81-36 x 2G BnY81-36 x 2D BnY81-36 x 2B BnY81-36 x 2L Lamp power (W) 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 Weight (kg) 3.90 4.00 4.10 4.60 4.00 4.50 4.20 4.30 4.80 4.10 Type/ Ordering code BnY81-58 x 1X BnY81-58 x 1G BnY81-58 x 1D BnY81-58 x 1B BnY81-58 x 1L BnY81-58 x 2X BnY81-58 x 2G BnY81-58 x 2D BnY81-58 x 2B BnY81-58 x 2L Lamp power (W) 58 x 1 58 x 1 58 x 1 58 x 1 58 x 1 58 x 2 58 x 2 58 x 2 58 x 2 58 x 2 Weight (kg) 4.60 4.80 4.90 5.50 4.80 5.40 5.00 5.15 5.75 4.90
Note: 1. Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/25). 2. BnY81-LED25 x 2 weight of corresponding lamp in the table increases 0.4kg, weight of other LED lamps is the same as that of corresponding lamps in the table.
Zones 2; 21&22
2/22
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BnY81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
BnY81-
LCIE 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-15: 2010, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-15: 2010, IEC 60079-31: 2008
Material Enclosure Diffuser Ballast Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp brand Lamp power (W) PHILIPS T8 (supplied with the light fittings) 18W 36W 58W Rated voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Available cable outer diameter 100 IP66 -20 3 x 1.5 +55 4mm2 (L+N+PE) 1 1 1 18W 36W 58W 2 2 2 CREE plural white LED modules (supplied with the light fittings) 9W 18W 25W 1 1 1 9W 18W 25W 2 2 2 Polycarbonate, stands 7J impact, corrosion-proof Polycarbonate, 90% light transmission, stands 7J impact, corrosion-proof Electronic ballast Stainless steel
Ceiling type, pendant pole type, pendant chain type, wall type, pole type 2x 6 21: 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, plastic) 12 (mm)
Dimensions
Size (mm) L1 BnY81-18x1 BnY81-36x1 BnY81-56x1 , BnY81-LED 9x1 , BnY81-LED 18x1 , BnY81-LED 25x1 658 1268 1568 L2 400 900 900 BnY81-18x2 BnY81-36x2 BnY81-56x2 , BnY81-LED 9x2 , BnY81-LED 18x2 , BnY81-LED 25x2 Size (mm) L1 658 1268 1568 L2 400 900 900
Type
Type
BnY81BnY81-LED
x1 x1
BnY81BnY81-LED
x2 x2
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/23
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BnY81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Photometric data
18W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:1050lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm 18W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2100lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 132 128 130 128 132 135 140 124 120 115
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
CP 112 105 96 87 76 65 48 0 0
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 252 251 247 252 262 264 265 266 258 238
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
36W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2500lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
36W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:5000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 336 337 338 345 355 362 358 361 352 328
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 672 674 676 686 700 713 715 720 701 657
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
58W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:4000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
58W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:8000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 1075 1078 1082 1092 1120 1140 1144 1152 1121 1052 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 950 880 808 726 664 568 360 0 0
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 537 539 540 552 568 580 572 577 564 525
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
2/24
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BnY81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
651 550
L1
500
1 2
46
380
L1
X: ceiling type
2- 10 90
B: wall type
L2
L1
30
6 L1
4- 11 L2
L2
L2
40 40 48 4- 14 48
40 48
235
L2
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/25
Lighting Technology
Energy-saving Lightings BAD81 Series Flameproof Energy-saving Lightings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Two enclosure types separately for 42W and 68W compact energy-saving lamps, with good pe rformance including rapid starting, flash free, high lighting efficiency, long service life and energy saving, etc. The luminous intensity of 42W compact energy-saving lamp equals to 80W mercury lamp; the luminous intensity of 68W compact energy-saving lamp equals to 125W mercury lamp. Powder coated wire guard, white.
D: hook type G: pendant pole type Mounting B: wall type X: ceiling type L: pole type Lamp power (W) Flameproof energy-saving lightings
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAD81-42D BAD81-42G BAD81-42B BAD81-42X BAD81-42L Lamp power(W) 42W 42W 42W 42W 42W Weight(kg) 4.10 5.60 5.85 5.20 4.20 Type/Ordering code BAD81-68D BAD81-68G BAD81-68B BAD81-68X BAD81-68L Lamp power(W) 68W 68W 68W 68W 68W Weight(kg) 6.20 7.70 7.95 7.30 6.30
Note: 1. Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/29). 2. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering. 3. The light fittings are supplied with lamps.
Technical data Flameproof energy-saving lightings BAD81Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Wire guard Transparent cover Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Lamp brand Lamp power (W) Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Available cable outer diameter E27 TCP (for sealed atmosphere) 42W 68W 220 IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 G3/4 10 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) (NPT3/4 14 (mm) or M25x1.5 with reducer on request) 240V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel (white) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel LCIE 07 ATEX 6037; IECEx CQM 08.0002 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 II 2 G Ex d IIC T4 Ex tD A21 T130 IP65
Lamp data
Energy-saving lamp 42W 68W Rated voltage 220 220 240V AC 240V AC Working current 380mA 618mA Luminous flux 2800lm 4200lm Service life 10000h 10000h
72 306.5 393
102
BAD81-42
BAD81-68
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/27
Photometric data
Photometric data of 42W compact energy-saving lamp Rated luminous flux:2800lm; The data from TCP lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 115 129 135 152 162 170 181 197 209 213 212 204 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 196 190 190 182 173 170 159 156 146 140 132 107 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 96 79 66 49 33 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Photometric data of 68W compact energy-saving lamp Rated luminous flux:4200lm; The data from TCP lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 249 241 244 257 273 283 292 313 325 332 336 334
CP 331 322 316 305 280 263 261 255 246 225 217 199
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
Photometric data of 42W compact energy-saving lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:2800lm; The data from TCP lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 482 477 461 433 403 371 341 313 290 265
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Photometric data of 68W compact energy-saving lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:4200lm; The data from TCP lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 482 477 461 433 403 371 341 313 290 265
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
2/28
http:// www.waromgroup.com
L: pole type
B: wall type
40 40
4- 14
2- 8.5
61020
0.20
.BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BHD51Explosion-proof junction box X: ceiling type .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector G: pendant pole type .BHD51 Explosion-proof junction box .Straight pipe (M25 x 1.5) .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector L: pole type .Pole .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BHD51 Explosion-proof junction box B: wall type .Elbow pipe 90 (M25 x 1.5) .Chain .Hook expansion bolt Note: 1. Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user. 2. Pole
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) Carbon steel Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) M25 x 1.5(M)/ G3/4 (M) Carbon steel G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) Carbon steel Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) Length: 300mm M25 x 1.5(M)/ G3/4 (M) Carbon steel 40mm G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) Carbon steel Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) Length: 400mm Length: 580mm
5
81D20 BHD51-F 81X01 81D02 BHD51-F 81G01 81X01 81L01 81D02 BHD51-F 51022 80B11 52017
0.26 0.80 0.30 0.26 0.80 0.41 0.30 0.26 0.80 0.55 0.09 0.03
shall not be supplied with light fittings; if required, please specify when ordering.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/29
Lighting Technology
Energy-saving Lightings BAD85 Series Explosion-proof LED Lightings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Applicable lamp and power (max.120W) LED lamps, energy-saving and long service life 20W, 30W, 50W, 70W, 100W, 120W Three enclosure types 30, 70, 120 Isolated LED lamp compartment, CC-CV (constant current constant voltage) power controller compartme nt, terminal compartment; wind-convection heat dissipation structure.
D: hook type G: pendant pole type Mounting B: wall type X: ceiling type L: pole type Lamp power (W) Enclosure type 30, 70, 120 Explosion-proof LED lightings
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAD85-30BAD85-70BAD85-120Lamp power(W) 20, 30 50, 70 100, 120
Note: 1. Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/32~33). 2. The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code in the table with mounting accessories.
BAD85-
II 2 G Ex d IIC T6/T5 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 /T95 Db IP66 DNV 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Wide volta ge input, CC-CV (constant current - constant volt age) outpu t, po wer f actor 0.98, with function of distributed current, constant current, surge-proof and antielectromagnetic interference, and protection against overcurrent, open circuit, and short circuit Stainless steel CREE plural white LED modules 20W, 30W 50W, 70W 100W, 120W 187 265V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -40 +55 : T5/T95 ; -40 +40 : T6/T80 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) Ceiling type, pole type, pendant pole type, wall type, hook type 30 type: G3/4 (NPT3/4 or M25 x 1.5 with reducer on request) 70 /120 type: 1 x G3/4 (pendant pole type and hook type); 4 x M25x1.5 (wall type and ceiling type); 1 x G1 (pole type) See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table 10 14 (mm)
Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland Applicable cable outer diameter
Energy-saving description
Name Rated power (W) Working current (A) Power factor (cos ) Effective luminous flux (lm) Service life (h) Metal halide lamp 150W 150 1.80/220V 0.56 11000 15000 BAD85-120 120 0.55/220V 0.95 10800 50000
Energy-saving effect
Similar luminous flux, electricity saved by over 70%, LED lamp service life extended by over 3 times, less maintenance expense, and less electric energy loss.
Elaboration of plural white LED modules, unidirectional illumination, soft and balanced light, luminous efficiency>90lm/W, high colour rendering, long service life (50000h), environmental protection.
241
208 BAD85-30
350
255 BAD85-70
385
295 BAD85-120
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/31
Photometric data
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
X: ceiling type
2- 8.5 175 49 3 4 116
241
L: pole type
500 850
241
B: wall type
7 8 9 2
30
2/32
http:// www.waromgroup.com
470
134
B: wall type
Note: 1. Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user. 2. Pole shall not be supplied with light fittings; if required, please specify when ordering.
Mounting type (BAD85-70 type, BAD85-120 type) (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration
G: pendant pole type
3 22 1 116 8.5 49
D: hook type
500(70type) 535(120type) 150
X: ceiling type
B: wall type
L: pole type
4 1
255(70type) 295(120type)
Weight: 7.80kg (70type) 8.80kg (120type) Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Straight pipe(M25 x 1.5), 300mm long. .BHD51-F(Ex d IIC, copper-free aluminium), see P3/6.
2Weight: 6.50kg (70type) 7.50kg (120type) Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Hook (stainless steel). Weight: 7.40kg (70type) 8.40kg (120type) Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
12 2-12 4- 14
Weight: 9.20kg (70type) 10.20kg (120type) Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
Weight: 7.70kg (70type) 8.70kg (120type) Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .Pole shall be provided by user. .Locking bolt, 1 No. .Washer, 2 Nos. .Seal ring, 1 No.
Accessories
Picture Name Power controller 20W Power controller 30W Power controller 50W Power controller 70W Power controller 100W Power controller 120W LED Lamp module 20W LED Lamp module 30W LED Lamp module 50W LED Lamp module 70W LED Lamp module 100W LED Lamp module 120W 30 Type transparent cover with fixing-ring 70 Type transparent cover with fixing-ring 120 Type transparent cover with fixing-ring Ordering code 85001 85002 85003 85004 85005 85006 85007 85008 85009 85010 85011 85012 85013 85014 85015 Weight (kg) 0.20 0.20 0.45 0.45 0.58 0.58 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.15 0.27 0.27 1.20 1.84 2.90
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/33
Lighting Technology
Energy-saving Lightings BDD81 Series Explosion-proof Lightings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp and power Low power incandescent lamp (max.100W) Compact energy-saving lamp (max.11W) Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder co ated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps ar e recommended.
Explosion-proof lightings
116
60
4- 11
146
Weight: 2.50kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
146
Weight: 4.50kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector M25 x 1.5(M)/M25 x 1.5(F), carbon steel. .Straight pipe(M25 x 1.5),300mm long. .BHD51-F (Ex d IIC, copper-free aluminium), see P3/6.
45
.4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
BDD81 -
Portable type, ceiling type, pendant pole type 4 x M25 x 1.5 for ce iling type and portable type, 1 x M25 x 1.5 for pendant pole type DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. 10 14 (mm)
Photometric data
Photometric data of 100W incandescent lamp Rated luminous flux:1025lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 104 85 108 91 88 90 94 89 92 90 89 82 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 88 85 86 88 84 77 68 66 67 51 15 5 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
50 55
Photometric data of 11W energy-saving lamp Rated luminous flux:600lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 20 19 18 20 20 21 22 22 23 23 21 20
CP 19 19 17 16 15 15 14 14 13 13 12 12
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 10 9 6 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9W Energy-saving lamp*0.7
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/35
Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BAD Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Available lamp: -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure mercury lamp (HME) -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) -Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (SME) -Incandescent lamp (A) Two enclosure types: 125, 250. Fast opening, easy maintenance. Powder coated wire guard, white. Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.
Mounting
Lamp power (W) HIE: Metal halide lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp HSE: High pressure sodium lamp SME: Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp A: Incandescent lamp
Lamp
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAD-125 BAD-250 Available lamp power (W) HIE 70, 100, 150 175, 250 HME 80, 125 175, 250 SME 125, 160 250 HSE 70, 100 150, 250 A 200 300 E27 E40 5.20 6.10 Lamp holder Weight (kg)
Note
1. Mounting accessories are not supplied with light fittings. Please specify when ordering (See Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table on P2/40 41) 2. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 3. BAZ51 explosion-proof ballast is optional. See P2/88. 4. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering.
Zones 1&2
2/36
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
BAD-125-
BAD-250-
PCEC(China); DNV 12 ATEX____; IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007 EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-31: 2008
Material Enclosure Wire guard Transparent cover Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W) E27 HIE: 70W, 100W, 150W HME: 80W, 125W SME: 125W, 160W HSE: 70W, 100W A: 200W Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Available cable outer diameter 220 240V AC 50/60Hz E40 HIE: 175W, 250W HME: 175W, 250W SME: 250W HSE: 150W, 250W A: 300W Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel, white Toughened glass, stands 4J impact High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel
M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 G3/4 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) (NPT3/4 or M25 x 1.5 with reducer on request)
395
400
BAD-125
BAD-250
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/37
Photometric data of 100W high pressure sodium lamp (with wide reflector)
Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 480 476 543 584 578 621 622 593 514 555 616 611
CP 662 707 746 839 855 833 735 588 407 236 85 38
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 32 28 24 21 19 17 15 13 0 0 0 0 0
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 614 669 623 737 820 908 868 849 785 726 796 781
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
2/38
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Rated luminous flux:14000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Rated luminous flux:14000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
150W High pressure sodium lamp*1.07 250W High pressure sodium lamp* 2 250W Metal halide lamp*1.64 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.53 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.91
150W High pressure sodium lamp*1.07 250W High pressure sodium lamp* 2 250W Metal halide lamp*1.64 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.53 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.91
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 3823 2631 1633 761 697 754 808 883 945 812 1083 1285
CP 1380 1483 1414 1312 1204 1356 1413 1401 1389 1358 1304 1002
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 412 93 67 54 42 35 28 22 19 15 0 0 0
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 2277 1818 1460 1319 1229 1170 1153 1095 1007 1081 1255 1358
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 12 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/39
D: hook type
X: ceiling type
4- 11 2- 8.5
4- 11 2- 8.5
L: pole type
4- 14
2/40
http:// www.waromgroup.com
D: hook type
61020
0.20
.BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BAZ51 Explosion-proof ballast X: ceiling type .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BHD51-F Explosion-proof junction box .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector G: pendant pole type .BAZ51 Explosion-proof ballast .BHD51-F Explosion-proof junction box .Straight pipe (M25 x 1.5) L: pole type .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .Pole .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BAZ51 Explosion-proof ballast .BHD51-F Explosion-proof junction box B1: wall type 30 .Hook expansion bolt
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) , Carbon steel BAZ51-II for BAD-HIE250; BAZ51-I for others M25 x 1.5(M)/ G3/4 (M) , Carbon steel Copper-free aluminium(Ex d IIC) G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F), Carbon steel BAZ51-II for BAD-HIE250; BAZ51-I for others Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) Length: 300mm M25 x 1.5 (M)/ G3/4 (M) , Carbon steel 40mm G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) , Carbon steel BAZ51-II for BAD-HIE250; BAZ51-I for others Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC)
5
81D02 BAZ51-I/II 81X01 BHD51-F 81D02 BAZ51-I/II BHD51-F 51G01 81X01 81L01 81D02 BAZ51-I/II BHD51-F
0.26 See P2/88 0.30 0.80 0.26 See P2/88 0.80 0.41 0.30 0.26 See P2/88 0.80
52017
0.03
.Chain .Elbow pipe 30 (M25 x 1.5) .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BAZ51 Explosion-proof ballast B2: wall type 90 .BHD51-F Explosion-proof junction box .Hook expansion bolt .Chain
11
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Length: 580mm Length: 300mm G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F) , Carbon steel BAZ51-II for BAD-HIE250; BAZ51-I for others Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) Same as wall mounting 30 Length: 450mm Length: 400mm
Note: 1. Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user. 2. Pole shall not be supplied with light fittings; if required, please specify when ordering.
Accessories
Picture Name 125 Top cover sleeve 250 Top cover sleeve 125 Wide reflector 250 Wide reflector 125 Wire guard 250 Wire guard 125 Transparent cover 250 Transparent cover 125 E27 lamp holder 250 E40 lamp holder Ordering code 51001 51002 51004 51005 51007 51008 51010 51011 51013 51014 Weight (kg) 0.21 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.38 0.33 2.16 2.68 0.15 0.45
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/41
Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BAD61 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp (max. 400W) -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure mercury lamp (HME) -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) Three enclosure types: 125, 250, 400. Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance. Explosion-proof trigger, rapid starting, stab le performance and long service life.
Wireless connection between body and top cover, easy installation and maintenance. Powder coated wire guard, white. Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.
HSE: High pressure sodium lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp
Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BAD61-125 BAD61-250 BAD61-400 70, 100, 150 175, 250 400 Available lamp power (W) HSE 70, 100 150, 250 400 HME 80, 125 175, 250 400 E27 E40 E40 Lamp holder
Note
1. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. HPI European standard ballast is supplied with HIE light fitting. HPI European standard lamps are recommended. 3. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering.
BAD61-125II 2 G Ex d IIC T4/T3 Gb II 2 D Ex tD A21 T135 /T200 IP66 DNV 10 ATEX 85533X; IECEx CQM 11.0010;FM(USA); POCC CN. 05.B03637(Russia) EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 61241-0: 2006, EN 61241-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel, white Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance Explosion-proof trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel E27 Metal halide lamp (HIE): 70W, 100W, 150W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 80W, 125W High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 70W, 100W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -60 ~+40 : T4/T135 ; -60 ~+55 : T3/T200 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 1 x G3/4 (pendant pole type and hook type); 4 x M25x1.5 (wall type and ceiling type); 1 x G1 (pole type) See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table 10 14 (mm)
Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Available cable outer diameter
331
331
D: hook type
X: ceiling type
B: wall type
L: pole type
2-
58
Weight: 10.35kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Straight pipe (M25 x 1.5), 300mm long. .BHD51-F (Ex d IIC, copper-free aluminium), see P3/6.
Weight: 9.30kg Weight: 9.45kg Accessories supplied with the Accessories supplied with the light fittings: light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is (F), carbon steel. recommended. .Hook (stainless steel) Please see P7/20 25.
Weight: 11.20kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
4- 14
Weight: 9.70kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .Pole shall be provided by user. .Locking bolt, 1No. .Washer, 2 Nos. .Seal ring, 1 No.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/43
Photometric data of 100W high pressure sodium lamp Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 100W high pressure sodium lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 100W high pressure sodium lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 423 256 205 181 199 252 314 379 436 552 600 611
CP 654 694 725 749 772 786 785 782 774 757 723 670
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 2089 1895 1685 1521 1371 1240 1131 1042 962 971 929 862
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 1897 1685 95 265 105 29 115 135 145 155 165 175 180 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 125 14
90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 1897 1779 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 13 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
2/44
http:// www.waromgroup.com
LCIE 05 ATEX 6142; IECEx CQM 07.0003; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel, white Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance Explosion-proof electronic trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel E40 Metal halide lamp (HIE): 175W, 250W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 175W, 250W High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 150W, 250W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 1 x G3/4 (pendant pole type and hook type); 4 x M25x1.5 (wall type and ceiling type); 1 x G1 (pole type) See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table 10 14 (mm)
Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Available cable outer diameter
389
384
D: hook type
X: ceiling type
B: wall type
L: pole type
2- 8.5
58
2130
12
Weight: 17.20kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Straight pipe (M25 x 1.5), 300mm long. .BHD51-F (Ex d IIC, cast iron), see P3/6.
Weight: 14.55kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Hook (stainless steel)
Weight: 15.20kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
Weight: 16.95kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
4- 14
Weight: 15.50kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .Pole shall be provided by user. .Locking bolt, 1 No. .Washer, 2 Nos. .Seal ring, 1 No.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/45
Photometric data of 175W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:14000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 175W metal halide lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:14000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp;
Photometric data of 175W metal halide lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:14000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp;
150W High pressure sodium lamp*1.07 250W High pressure sodium lamp*2 250W Metal halide lamp*1.64 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.53 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.91
150W High pressure sodium lamp*1.07 250W High pressure sodium lamp*2 250W Metal halide lamp*1.64 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.53 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.91
150W High pressure sodium lamp*1.07 250W High pressure sodium lamp*2 250W Metal halide lamp*1.64 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.53 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.91
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 669 633 598 562 569 554 565 665 771 990 1213 1257
CP 1315 1367 1287 1381 1365 1448 1439 1440 1432 1347 1114 618
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 116 84 58 47 36 28 23 19 16 10 3 2 2
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 1580 1479 1383 1399 1256 1166 1104 1023 1033 958 1137 1133
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 12 8 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 1358 1259 95 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 32 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 105 14
90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 90 1358 1237 962 897 862 983 301 66 25 14 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 9 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
15 1073
65 1071
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
2/46
http:// www.waromgroup.com
BAD61-400II 2 G Ex d IIC T3 Ex tD A21 T190 IP65 LCIE 07 ATEX 6085; IECEx CQM 08.0004; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel, white Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel E40 Metal halide lamp (HIE): 400W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 400W High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 400W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 208V, 250V, 277V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 1 x G3/4 (pendant pole type and hook type); 4 x M25x1.5 (wall type and ceiling type); 1 x G1 (pole type) See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table 10 14 (mm)
Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Available cable outer diameter
466
469
D: hook type
X: ceiling type
B: wall type
L: pole type
2-
8.5 58
2- 12 130
Weight: 23.65kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Straight pipe(M25 x 1.5), 300mm long. .BHD51-F (Ex d IIC, castiron), see P3/6.
4- 14
Weight: 20.85kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Hook (stainless steel) Weight: 21.50kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Weight: 23.25kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
Weight: 21.80kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .Pole shall be provided by user. .Locking bolt, 1 No. .Washer, 2 Nos. .Seal ring, 1 No.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/47
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp;
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp;
400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58
400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58
400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 1373 1324 1501 1640 1531 1398 1787 1961 2054 1738 2255 2428
CP 2538 2431 2576 2838 2794 2437 2318 2483 2498 2197 1129 215
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 139 110 98 82 70 67 60 55 49 38 28 13 7
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 4480 4884 4922 4821 4682 4224 3880 3394 3087 3138 2935 2335
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 5 5 6 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 4948 5312 95 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 105 20
90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 4948 4900 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
2/48
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Accessories
Picture 125 Wide reflector 250 Wide reflector 400 Wide reflector 125 Angle reflector 250 Angle reflector 400 Angle reflector Hook Name Ordering code 61001 61002 61003 61004 61005 61006 61020 Weight (kg) 0.15 0.27 0.53 0.15 0.36 0.52 0.20
61034
0.34
61035
0.06
61036
0.30
61037
0.45
61038
0.50
Note: Ballast, 400 type trigger, 400 type capacitor see P1/19
Unscrew lock bolt at top cover, remov e top cover a nd circlip, and take terminal block out. Connect the cable to terminal block, put terminal block and cirlip back to ensure proper connection.
Screw top cover at light fitting, keep two arrows on two parts in line to ensure proper connection between two spring contact plates.
Unscrew bolts at transparent cover, open the transparent cover and screw lamp into lamp holder. Close cover and screw bolts.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/49
Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BAD71 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp (max. 500W) -Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (SME) -Incandescent lamp (A) -Electromagnetic induction lamp (QL) External terminal compartment, easy connection and maintenance. Two enclosure types: 250, 400. External reflector is optional, to increase lighting intensity.
Lamp power (W) QL: Electromagnetic induction lamp Lamp SME: Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp A: Incandescent lamp Enclosure type: 250, 400 Explosion-proof light fittings
Selection table
Type/Ordering code QL BAD71-250 BAD71-400 85 135 Available lamp power (W) SME 160, 250 500 (450) A 200, 300 500
Note
1. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering.
BAD71-400II 2 G Ex de IIC T3 Ex de IIC T3 Gb Ex tD A21 T190 IP65 LCIE 08 ATEX 6111 IECEx CQM 11.0030 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-7: 2006, IEC 61241-0: 2004 IEC 61241-1: 2004
LCIE 08 ATEX 6105 IECEx CQM 08.0018 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003 IEC 60079-7: 2001, IEC 61241-0: 2004 IEC 61241-1: 2004
Material Enclosure Transparent cover Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Wire guard Exposed fastener Lamp
Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel Stainless steel
Available lamp SME A QL Lamp power 160W 250W 200W 300W 85W Lamp holder E27 E40 E27 E40 A QL 500W 135W E40 Available lamp SME Lamp power 500(450)W Lamp holder E40
Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Weight
220 240V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 18. 9.25kg 13.45kg
ceiling type
wall type 30
384(250type) 470(400type)
wall type 90
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/51
Photometric data of 250W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp Rated luminous flux:4900lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 250W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:4900lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 250W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:4900lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
160W Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp*0.64 200W Incandescent lamp*0.41 300W Incandescent lamp*0.83
160W Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp*0.64 200W Incandescent lamp*0.41 300W Incandescent lamp*0.83
160W Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp*0.64 200W Incandescent lamp*0.41 300W Incandescent lamp*0.83
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 315 314 309 304 299 300 303 298 293 296 303 310
CP 317 317 313 306 291 270 243 213 180 143 107 73
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 45 45 23 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 1117 1109 1070 980 875 763 666 587 506 443 401 364
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 90 829 730 615 509 467 387 267 129 34 11 6 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 90 829 800 707 573 460 337 169 50 6 2 1 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
2/52
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Photometric data of 500W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp Rated luminous flux:13000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 500W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:13000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 500W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:13000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 451 453 481 488 494 488 492 514 548 578 617 666
CP 718 765 805 836 862 882 896 904 907 891 857 803
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 1979 1903 1918 1815 1619 1450 1386 1272 1191 1107 1045 998
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 2064 2025 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 2064 2179 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/53
Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BAD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance. External terminal compartment, convenient for connection and maintenance. Two enclosure types: 250, 400. External reflector is optional, to increase lighting intensity.
Lamp power (W) HIE: Metal halide lamp Lamp HSE: High pressure sodium lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp Enclosure type: 250, 400 Explosion-proof light fittings
Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BAD91-250 BAD91-400 175, 250 400 Available lamp power (W) HSE 150, 250 400 HME 175, 250 400
Note
1. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. HPI European standard ballast is supplied with HIE light fitting. HPI European standard lamps are recommended. 3. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering.
BAD91-400II 2 G Ex de IIC T3 Ex de IIC T3 Gb Ex tD A21 T190 IP65 LCIE 08 ATEX 6112 IECEx CQM 11.0019X PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-7: 2006, IEC 61241-0: 2004 IEC 61241-1: 2004
LCIE 08 ATEX 6106 IECEx CQM 08.0019 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003 IEC 60079-7: 2001, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004
Material Enclosure Transparent cover Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Wire guard Ballast Trigger Capacitor Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W)
Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow(RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) Stainless steel E40
Available lamp HSE HME HIE Lamp power 150W, 250W 175W, 250W 175W, 250W Available lamp HSE HME HIE Lamp power 400W 400W 400W
Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Weight
Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 2 x M25 x 1.5 Plug DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 18. 13.80kg 20.00kg
ceiling type
384(250type) 470(400type)
wall type 30
wall type 90
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/55
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 1569 1697 1201 983 720 814 970 864 1196 1224 1267 1209 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 1547 1646 1544 1485 1453 1646 1614 1581 1547 1492 1202 641 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 103 72 55 45 36 31 28 27 27 25 23 9 4
175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 6806 6873 6059 5109 4242 3672 3206 2538 2451 2010 1886 1983 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 1883 1790 1471 1038 407 139 70 47 36 25 19 12 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 9 8 6 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22
0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 4532 4386 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 29 14 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 4532 4470 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 7 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
2/56
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58
400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58
400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 1743 1610 1563 1669 1780 1879 1865 1694 2316 2413 2414 2504
CP 2852 3055 3200 3028 2857 2729 2761 2996 2930 2787 2600 1963
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 5194 6163 6104 5900 5459 5037 4647 4324 4251 4257 3733 3671
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 6366 6629 95 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 451 54 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 105 128
90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 6366 6320 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 48 16 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/57
Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BDD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Applicable lamp (max.400W): -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) -High pressure mercury lamp (HME) Three enclosure types: 150, 250, 400 Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance.
Lamp power (W) HIE: Metal halide lamp Lamp HSE: High pressure sodium lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp Enclosure type: 150, 250, 400 Explosion-proof light fittings
Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BDD91-150 BDD91-250 BDD91-400 70, 100, 150 175, 250 400 Available lamp power (W) HSE 70, 100 150, 250 400 HME 80, 125 175, 250 400 E27 E40 E40 11.20 14.80 16.70 Lamp holder Weight (kg)
Note: 1. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. HPI European standard ballast is supplied with HIE light fitting. HPI European standard lamps are recommended. 3. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering.
Certificates
Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Transparent cover Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Wire guard Ballast Trigger Capacitor Exposed fastener Lamp Available lamp and lamp power (W)
EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact. High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel Chock ballast, rapid starting,stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) Stainless steel Type HIE BDD91-150 BDD91-250 BDD91-400 70W, 100W, 150W 175W, 250W 400W Available Lamp HSE 70W, 100W 150W, 250W 400W HME 80W, 125W 175W, 250W 400W Lamp holder E27 E40 E40
Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland (optional) 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -60 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) Bracket type, pole type 2 x M25 x 1.5 for bracket type, 1 x M25 x 1.5 for pole type DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
Selection Table
Lamp HIE 70,100 HME 80 HSE 70,100 II 2 G Ex d IIC T142 II 2 D Ex t IIIC T142 Gb Db IP66 II 2 G Ex d IIC T4 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T130 Db IP66 Explosion protection
HIE 150
555
HME 125
Gb Db IP66
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/59
Photometric data
BDD91-150
Photometric data of 100W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
BDD91-150
Photometric data of 100W metal halide lamp(with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
BDD91-150
Photometric data of 100W metal halide lamp(with deep reflector) Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
180
150
180
150
180
150
90
90
90
80
80
580
160 50 240
160 50 240
1160 50 1740
320 0 30
320 0 30
2320 0 30
70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 1649 812 420 280 245 280 282 320 350 463 452 475 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 505 520 410 495 608 620 600 590 565 552 415 78 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 20 15 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 2041 2246 4959 4696 1427 1238 1093 962 750 920 825 712 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 570 685 655 620 210 85 45 32 27 26 20 16 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 14 10 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 18452 7163 3163 1827 1012 1232 1117 1814 917 1001 572 178 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 105 72 40 20 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
2/60
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Photometric data
BDD91-250
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
BDD91-250
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp(with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
BDD91-250
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp(with deep reflector) Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
180
150
180
150
180
150
0 0 14 28 42 56 0 30 90 40
90
90
180
80 50 120
360 50 540
50
160 0 30
720 0 30
175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22
175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22
175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 660 691 600 592 642 808 1025 1017 1260 1408 1250 1497
CP 1772 1740 1752 1635 1449 1392 1461 1626 1641 1586 1481 1169
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 545 110 60 45 40 36 37 40 42 45 0 0 0
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 2553 2489 2423 2259 1998 1816 1959 1917 1735 1552 1630 1662
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 25 20 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 19426 13251 9093 4925 3073 2555 2505 1884 2403 1877 1537 1521
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/61
Photometric data
BDD91-400
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
180 150
BDD91-400
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp(with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
180 150
BDD91-400
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp(with deep reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
180 150
400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58
400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58
400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 1757 1327 1070 1067 1286 1350 1443 1439 1374 1645 1797 1944
CP 1961 1984 1886 1793 1725 1783 1738 1717 1697 1621 1459 1014
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 445 87 71 60 50 41 35 34 36 34 27 7 0
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 4480 4884 4922 1821 4682 4224 3880 3394 3087 3138 2935 2355
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 36882 35726 19906 12926 10071 7662 5429 6597 4739 5178 4573 2865
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
2/62
http:// www.waromgroup.com
286
310
wall type 90
.Pole shall not be supplied with light fittings; if required, please specify when ordering.
Accessories
Picture Name 150 Wide reflector 250 Wide reflector 400 Wide reflector 150 Deep reflector 250 Deep reflector 400 Deep reflector 150 Wire guard 250 Wire guard 400 Wire guard 150 Transparent cover with fixing-ring 250 Transparent cover with fixing-ring 400 Transparent cover with fixing-ring 150 Mounting bracket 250 Mounting bracket 400 Mounting bracket E27 Lamp holder E40 Lamp holder Note: Ballast, trigger, capacitor see P1/19 Ordering code 91001 91002 91003 91004 91005 91006 91007 91008 91009 91010 91011 91012 91013 91014 91015 61035 61036 Weight (kg) 0.30 0.45 1.15 0.44 0.50 0.62 0.35 0.53 0.80 2.30 3.65 6.50 0.65 0.82 1.20 0.06 0.12
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/63
Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BnD81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp (max.400W): -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) -High pressure mercury lamp (HME) Three enclosure types: 150, 250, 400 Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance. Both American standard and European standard are available.
Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BnD81-150 BnD81-250 BnD81-400 70, 100, 150 175, 250 400 Available lamp power (W) HSE 70, 100 150, 250 400 HME 80, 125 175, 250 400 E27 E40 E40 6.15 10.20 13.60 Lamp holder Weight(kg)
Note: 1. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering. 3. High pressure mercury lamp is not available in American standard products.
Zones 2; 21&22
2/64
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
BnD81-150-
Note: Please see Seletion table of American standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components (See P1/20) Rated voltage American standard: 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC 60Hz (50Hz is optional) European standard: 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 250V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland (optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -60 3 x 1.5 +55 4mm2 (L+N+PE)
Ceiling type, wall type,pendant pole type, pole type 25 1 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16 19.
235
295
340
186
392
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/65
BnD81-250-
Note: Please see Seletion table of American standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components (See P1/20) Rated voltage American standard: 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC 60Hz (50Hz is optional) European standard: 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland (optional) 250V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -60 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) Ceili ng ty pe, w all t ype,pendant pole type, pole type 25 1 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16 19.
410
194
422
2/66
http:// www.waromgroup.com
BnD81-400-
Note: Please see Seletion table of American standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components (See P1/20) Rated voltage American standard: 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC 60Hz (50Hz is optional) European standard: 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 250V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -60 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) Ceili ng ty pe, wall type, pendant pole type, pole type 25 1 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16 19.
Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland (optional)
460
220
488
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/67
Photometric data
BnD81-150
Photometric data of 100W high pressure sodium lamp Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
BnD81-250
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
BnD81-400
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*0.94 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 230 185 169 252 292 390 463 515 574 611 650 659 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 692 730 750 758 754 750 750 755 745 720 672 620 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 443 206 65 15 10 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22
400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 1327 1414 930 763 584 577 534 648 763 806 893 1138
CP 1068 1006 1022 1064 1108 1122 1112 1100 1090 1063 1001 976
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
CP 2090 1366 1278 1115 1122 1168 1294 1521 1872 2108 2197 2288
CP 2290 2278 2439 2628 2776 2865 2883 2830 2740 2640 2383 2254
Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
2/68
http:// www.waromgroup.com
65
100 120 1
30
411 345(150type) 470(250type) 490(400type)
6 116 40
440
3 4 2830
58
25
4-
150 14
Note: 1. Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user. 2. Pole shall not be supplied with light fittings; if required, please specify when ordering.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/69
Lighting Technology
Floodlights BAT51 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp of E40 lamp holder: -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure mercury lamp (HME) -Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (SME) Two enclosure types: 400, 1000. Enclosure in co pper-free aluminium, powder co ated external surface, yellow (RAL 1021). Installed on cradle to all ow for all ad justments; adjustable in 60 or 90 . Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.
Lamp power (W) HSE: High pressure sodium lamp Lamp HIE: Metal halide lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp SME: Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp Enclosure type: 400,1000 Explosion-proof floodlights Luminous intensity distribution (cd/1000lm)
Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BAT51-400 BAT51-1000 175, 250, 400 1000 Available lamp power (W) HME 175, 250, 400 HSE 150, 250, 400 1000 SME 250, 500 14.50 58.50 Weight (kg)
Note
1. 400 type light fittings are supplied without lamp and ballast. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. 1000 type light fittings are supplied with lamp and ballast. 3. HPI European standard ballast is supplied with HIE light fitting. HPI European standard lamps are recommended.
PCEC (China), LCIE 12 ATEX____ PCEC (China), LCIE 12 ATEX____ EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel, white Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) High-purity aluminium Stainless steel E40
Available lamp HIE HSE HME SME II 2 G Ex d IIB T4 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIB T130 175W, 250W 150W, 250W 175W, 250W 250W Db IP65 II 2 G Ex d IIB T3 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIB T190 400W 400W 400W 500W Db IP65 II 2 G Ex d IIB T2 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIB T290 Db IP65 1000W 1000W
Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland
400W or below: 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) HIE/HSE 1000W: 230V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) BAT51-400 type: G3/4 ; BAT51-1000 type: M25 x 1.5 BAT51-400 type: with seal gasket and trumpet shaped gland BAT51-10 00 ty pe: the cable between floodlight and ballast through BNG-M25 x 1.5(M)/ M25 x 1.5 (M) explosion-proof flexible conduit (length: 1200 mm); One explosion-proof cable gland (DQM-II-M25 x 1.5 Ex d, brass, armored, cable wiring) 10 14 (mm) 1. For BAT51-400 type: if HIE, HSE or HME lamp required, explosion-proof ballast shall Not be supplied. BAZ51 series explosion-proof ballast is recommended (see P2/88 when ordering). 2. For BAT51-1000 type: explosion-proof ballast shall be supplied. 3. HPI European standard HIE lamp is recommended for HIE light fitting.
350
5 16
4- 13.5EQS 350
BAT51-1000
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/71
Lighting Technology
Floodlights BAT53 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Four enclosure types: 125, 250, 400, 1000. Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance. Rapid starting trigger, stable performance and long servic e life. Enclosure in c opper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.
Mounting
S: street lamp type (only for BAT53-250 type, See P2/86) Y: movable type G: fixed type
Lamp power (W) Lamp HIE: Metal halide lamp HSE: High pressure sodium lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp
Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BAT53-125 BAT53-250 BAT53-400 BAT53-1000 70, 100, 150 175, 250 400 1000 Available lamp power (W) HSE 70, 100 150, 250 400 1000 HME 80, 125 175, 250 E27 E40 E40 E40 8.45 14.75 30.75 58.00 Lamp holder Weight (kg)
Note
1. Please specify any spare parts when ordering. See Accessories table. 2. 125, 250 and 400 type light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 3. HPI European standard ballast is supplied with HIE light fitting. HPI European standard lamps are recommended. 4. 1000 type light fittings are supplied with lamp and ballast.
BAT53-125-
3- 12
G: fixed type
Y: movable type
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/73
BAT53-250-
621
3- 12
650
G: fixed type
Y: movable type
2/74
http:// www.waromgroup.com
BAT53-400-
2 x M25 x 1.5: 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, carbon steel),1 x M25 x 1.5 plug
16
4-
13EQS
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/75
BAT53-1000-
1 x M25 x 1.5 The cable between floodlight and ballast through BNG-M25 x 1.5(M)/M25 x 1.5(M) explosion-proof flexible conduit (length: 1000 mm); One explosion-proof cable gland (DQM-II-M25 x 1.5, Ex d, brass, armored, cable wiring)
10
14 (mm)
2/76
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Photometric data
BAT53-125 Photometric data of 100W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:9000lm; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm BAT53-250 Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:23000lm; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm BAT53-400 Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:38000lm; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 100W High pressure sodium lamp*1.06 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 1948 1945 1953 1963 1950 1955 1839 1733 1649 1588 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 1370 612 385 236 131 66 37 0 0
175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 3162 3197 3183 3128 3073 3010 2790 2505 2191 1806
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 5982 6178 6103 6054 5706 5342 4751 4235 3517 2765
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
Accessories
Picture Name Ordering code Weight (kg)
61034
0.30
53015
1.80
53016
2.35
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/77
Lighting Technology
Floodlights BAT85 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance. Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes. The light fittings are supplied without l amp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended.
Photometric data
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
CP 4066 3773 3536 3385 3340 3292 3036 2475 1763 1404
Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.78 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.36 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 400W Metal halide lamp*1.40 400W High pressure sodium lamp*2.36 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.82
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
Zones 1&2
2/78
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Glass cover Ballast Trigger Capacitor Internal reflector Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp
LCIE 10 ATEX 3083; IECEx CQM 11.0013; FM (USA) EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) High-purity aluminium Stainless steel E40 Metal halide lamp (HIE): 175W, 250W, 400W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 150W, 250W, 400W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 175W, 250W, 400W 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 208V, 250V, 277V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. 28.50kg
Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Weight
Selection Table
Temperature classification Rated voltage Lamp Lamp power (W) 175, 175, 150, 175, 175, 400 150, 400 175, 175, 400 150, 400 175, 175, 400 150, 400 175, 400 175, 150, 400 250, 250, 250, 250, 250 250 250, 400 250 250 250, 400 250 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 400 -20 Ta +40 208/220V AC 50/60Hz HIE HME HSE HIE HME HSE HIE 240V AC 50/60Hz HME HSE HIE 250V AC 50/60Hz HME HSE HIE 277V AC 50/60Hz HME HSE T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 201 T3 211 T3 T3 T3 T3 210 -20 Ta +55 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 208 T3 206 T3 T3 211 T3 212 T3 T3 216 T3 226 T3 208 T3 T3 225
230V AC 50/60Hz
165 4- 13EQS
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/79
Lighting Technology
Floodlights BAT86 Series Explosion-proof LED Floodlights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Applicable lamp and power (max.120W): LED lamps, energy-saving and long service life 50W, 70W, 100W, 120W Isolated LED lamp compartment, CC-CV ( constant current constant voltage) power controlle r compar tment, terminal compartment; wind-convection heat dissipation structure.
Mounting
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAT86-50G BAT86-70G BAT86-100G BAT86-120G Lamp power (W) 50 70 100 120 Weight (kg) 10.80 10.80 10.80 10.80 Type/Ordering code BAT86-50Y BAT86-70Y BAT86-100Y BAT86-120Y Lamp power (W) 50 70 100 120 Weight (kg) 11.80 11.80 11.80 11.80
BAT86-
Movable type, fixed type Note: Fixed type can be used in horizontal type ceiling type,wall type, etc. G3/4 10~ (NPT3/4 14 (mm) or M25 x 1.5 with reducer on request.) 1 x G3/4 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, carbon steel)
Energy-saving description
Name Rated power (W) Working current (A) Power factor (cos ) High pressure mercury lamp 250W 250 2.15/220V 0.40 10000 15000 BAT86-120 120 0.55/220V 0.95 10800 50000 Elaboration of plural white LED modules, Similar luminous flux, electricity saved by over 70%, Energy-saving effect LED lamp service life extended by over 3 times, less maintenance expense, and less electric energy loss. unidirectional illumination, soft and balanced light, luminous efficiency>90lm/W, high colour rendering, long service life (50000h), environmental protection.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/81
17
Mounting type
Installation reference G: fixed type ceiling type Y: movable type
wall type 20
2/82
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Photometric data
Photometric data of BAT86-100G (BAT86-100Y)
Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
C0/180
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 1260 1266 1274 1218 1090 910 666 436 255 125 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 68 55 48 50 35 25 15 0 0
C90/270
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 1259 1305 1351 1397 1493 1589 1685 1885 2085 2285 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 2650 3015 3380 2265 1150 35 0 0 0
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
Accessories
Picture Name Power controller 50W Ordering code 86001 Weight (kg) 0.20
86002
0.20
86003
0.20
86004
0.20
86005
0.01
86006
0.01
86007
0.01
86008
0.01
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/83
Lighting Technology
Floodlights BnT81 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp (max.1000W): -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) Two enclosure types: 400, 1000. Type 400: lamp and ballast are of inegral type. Type 1000: lamp and ballast are split type. Enclosure in coppe r-free aluminium, powde r coated external surface. Both American standard and European standard are available.
Type 400 are supplied without lamp, PHILIPS lamps are recommended. Type 1000 are supplied with lamp.
Lamp
HSE: High pressure sodium lamp Enclosure type: 400, 1000 Explosion-proof floodlights
Photometric data
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp
Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 CP 8658 8691 8577 8536 8174 7812 7450 6838 6226 5615 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 4092 2570 1047 723 400 75 0 0 0
175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22 400W Metal halide lamp*1.65 400W High pressure sodium lamp*2.08
40 45
We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.
Zones 2; 21&22
2/84
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
BnT81-400-
BnT81-1000-
II 3 G Ex nR IIC T2 Gc II 3 G Ex nR IIC T3 Gc II 2 D Ex t IIIC T190 Db IP66 II 2 D Ex t IIIC T290 Db IP66 LCIE 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-15: 2010, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-15: 2010, IEC 60079-31: 2008 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface Toughened glass, stands 4J impact High-purity aluminium Chock ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) Stainless steel E40 Available American standard 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC European standard 220~240V, 250V AC (230V AC) HIE HSE HIE HSE BnT81-400 175W, 250W, 400W 150W, 250W, 400W 175W, 250W, 400W 150W, 250W, 400W BnT81-1000 1000W 1000W 1000W 1000W
Rated voltage
Note: Please see Seletion table of American standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components (See P1/20) American standard: 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC 60Hz (50Hz is optional) European standard: 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 250V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 1000W: 230V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 L+N+PE BnT81-400 type: 2 x 21: 1 x M20 x 1.5 plug, 1 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-l Ex e, carbon steel) BnT81-1000 type: lamp : 1 x G3/4 cable gland (DQM-l Ex e, brass armored cable wiring) ballast: 2 x G3/4 cable gland (DQM-l Ex e, brass armored cable wiring) 5 10 (mm) 10 14 (mm),
12.85 kg
450 422
520
303
211
460 237
3- 13 298
BnT81-400
BnT81-1000
BnT81-1000 Ballast
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/85
Lighting Technology
Street Lamps BAT53-250, BAT53-400 Series BAD91-250, BAD91-400 Series BDD91-150, BDD91-250, BDD91-400 Series BnT81 Series Explosion-proof Street Lamps
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Please refer to mounting schematic diagram to select right lamp and mounting types on request of job site. Please refer to this catalogue for detail technical data and ordering information of each light fitting. Note: If BAT53-2 50 type street lamp required, please specify when ordering. The street lamps are supplied without pole; please specify when ordering.
60
60
60
Mounting schematic diagram of BAT53-250, BAT53-400 series, BAD91-250, BAD91-400 series street lamps
Note: 1. For BAD91-400 series or BAD91-250 series, the installation angle of light fittings can be adjusted on request of lighting on job site. 2. External reflector is optional, which increases luminous intensity at site.
12
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/87
Lighting Technology
Ballasts BAZ51 Series Explosion-proof Ballasts
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Applicable to lamp (max. 400W) of HIE, HSE and HME. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance.
Lamp power (W) HSE: High pressure sodium lamp Lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp HIE: Metal halide lamp Explosion-proof ballasts
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAZ51-HIE 70 BAZ51-HIE 100 BAZ51-HIE 150 BAZ51-HIE 175 BAZ51-HIE 250 BAZ51-HIE 400 BAZ51-HSE 70 BAZ51-HSE 100 Available lamp Power(W) HIE 70 HIE 100 HIE 150 HIE 175 HIE 250 HIE 400 HSE 70 HSE 100 Weight (kg) 7.15 7.75 8.05 8.10 8.10 10.70 7.15 7.75 Enclosure I I I I I II I I Type/Ordering code BAZ51-HSE 150 BAZ51-HSE 250 BAZ51-HSE 400 BAZ51-HME 80 BAZ51-HME 125 BAZ51-HME 175 BAZ51-HME 250 BAZ51-HME 400 Available lamp Power(W) HSE 150 HSE 250 HSE 400 HME 80 HME 125 HME 175 HME 250 HME 400 Weight (kg) 8.10 8.95 10.65 7.10 7.75 8.10 8.00 10.65 Enclosure I II II I I I I II
Note: The power factor is more than 0.85 while equipped with compensation capacitor.
BAZ51II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65 LCIE 06 ATEX 6019; IECEx LCI 08. 0002 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Stainless steel High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 70W, 100W, 150W, 250W, 400W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 80W, 125W, 175W, 250W, 400W Metal halide lamp (HIE): 70W, 100W, 150W, 175W, 250W, 400W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) Note: other voltage on request. M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 3 x M25 x 1.5 Plug for independent type 2 x M25 x 1.5 Plug for block type With seal gasket and plain washer at bottom entries DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries
Size (mm) Enclosure I II A 245 265 B 301 331 C 135 140 D 265 295 E 65 65 F 190 210 Enclosure I II A 240 250 B 301 331
Outline 1(For block mounting, for example: used for series BAD)
Outline 2(For independent mounting, for example: used for series BAT51-400)
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/89
Lighting Technology
Hand Lamps BSX-60 Series Explosion-proof Incandescent Hand Lamps
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Incandescent lamps: max. 60W Cable on request Handle in plastic, with control pushbutton Powder coated wire guard, white Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes Movable transformer on request (see the following diagram)
Note: For BCZY Explosion-proof movable switchboard, please refer to P3/46-47 of the catalogue
Zones 1&2
2/90
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
BSX-60
3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, plastic) 9 2.35kg 16 (mm)
Accessories
Picture Name Ordering code Weight (kg)
Wire guard
BSX101
0.35
BSX102
1.50
430
178
138
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/91
Lighting Technology
Hand lamps BAD305 Portable Explosion-proof Searchlights BAD309E Multi-functional Strong Explosion-proof Searchlights BAD502A Explosion-proof Strong Working Lights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Safe and reliable Efficient and energy-saving:memory-free battery Intelligent control Water-proof and damage-proof Convenient and durable
104
70 152
BAD305
144
338
611
144
136.5
114
BAD309E
BAD502A
2/93
2/95
Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAJ52-20 Series Explosion-proof Emergency Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Lighting angle can be adjusted. Low-powe r halogen tungsten lamps, with reflector to increase lighting intensity. Emerge ncy device with NI-MH batteries , char gin g automatically; when power s upply is cut off, the emergency device starts to work; with over charge and over discharge protection. Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.
Zones 1&2
2/96
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAJ52 Series Explosion-proof Emergency Light Fittings
BAJ52-20
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/97
Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAYD Series Explosion-proof Emergency Exit Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Lighting both in condition normaland emergency condition; When power supply is cut off, the emergency device starts to work; with over charge, over discharge protection and short circuit protection. With test pushbutton, convenient to check the emergency function. Press the test pushbutton, the light will switch into emergency condition. Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power consumptio n and long service life up to 50,000 hours; energy saving and environmental protection. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external
surface, yellow (RAL 1021). Toughened glass sheet resistant to temperature changes.
Sign code: A G G: pendant pole type Mounting X: ceiling type B: wall type Explosion-proof emergency exit light fittings
Type A
Type B
Type C
Type D
Type E
Type F
Type G
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAYD Series Explosion-proof Emergency Exit Light Fittings
BAYD-
1. For wall type and ceiling type, supplied with se al gasket and gland nut; Cab le g land on request. 2. For pendant pole type, supplied with BHD51-F explosion-proof junction box, (copper-free aluminium); M25 x 1.5 plug or Ex d cable gland is optional, DQMII (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
10 6.40kg
14 (mm)
BAYD-B
BAYD-X
BAYD-G
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/99
Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAK51 Series Explosion-proof Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Availab le for 35W or 50W ha logen tung sten lamp, with high ligh t efficiency and long service life. A or B mounting type is optional. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).
Mounting
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAK51-35/240A BAK51-35/240B BAK51-35/12A BAK51-35/12B 35W Halogen tungsten lamp Available lamp/power(W) Weight(kg) Type/Ordering code 2.15 2.15 2.00 2.00 BAK51-50/240A BAK51-50/240B BAK51-50/12A BAK51-50/12B 50W Halogen tungsten lamp Available lamp/power(W) Weight(kg) 2.15 2.15 2.00 2.00
Zones 1&2
2/100
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAK51 Series Explosion-proof Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings
BAK51-
126
126
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/101
Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAK85 Series Explosion-proof LED Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Applicable lamp and power LED lamps, energy-saving and long service life, 9W Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).
265V AC
Lamp power (W) Explosion-proof LED tank inspection vessel light fittings
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAK85-9/265 BAK85-9/24 BAK85-9/12 Note: The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code 9 Lamp power (W) Rated voltage (V) 187 265V AC 50/60Hz 24V AC/DC 12V AC/DC in the table with mounting accessories. 2.20 Weight (kg)
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAK85 Series Explosion-proof LED Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings
BAK85-
DNV 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008
Material Enclosure Glass cover Power controller Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Wide voltage input, CC-CV (constant current - constant voltage) output, power factor 0.98, with protection against circuit and anti-electromagnetic interference, etc. Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Rated voltage CREE plural white LED modules 9W 187 265V AC 50/60Hz Stainless steel
24V AC/DC 12V AC/DC Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Applicable cable outer diameter M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -40 3 x 1.5 G3/4 +55 4mm2 (L+N+PE) (NPT3/4 or M25 x 1.5 with reducer on request).
2-
10
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/103
Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BSZD81- E Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ultr a-bright LED lamp, low power consumption and l ong s ervic e life up to 50,000 hours; energy saving and environmental protection. Integrated chip control with various circuit protection; synchronous function of light fittings through signal lines. Enclosure i n copper-f ree aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).
T: Wireless synchronous (optional) Lamp: LED (low luminous intensity) Explosion-proof caution spotlight fittings
Zones 1&2
2/104
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BSZD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
BSZD81-E
250
Lamp 1
Lamp 2
Lamp 3
245
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/105
Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BSZD81-C Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power consumption an d lon g service life up to 30,000 hours; ener gy s aving and environmental protection. Integrated chip control with various circuit protection; synchronous function of light fittings through signal lines. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).
T: Wireless synchronous (optional) Lamp: LED (medium luminous intensity) Explosion-proof caution spotlight fittings
Zones 1&2
2/106
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BSZD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
BSZD81-C
4 x M25 x 1.5 Plug DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 13.8kg
308
Lamp 1
Lamp 2
Lamp 3
220
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/107
Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BBJ Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power consumption and long service life. Enclosure in copper-fr ee alumini um, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BBJ-ZR BBJ-ZB BBJ-ZY BBJ-ZG BBJ-GR BBJ-GB BBJ-GY BBJ-GG Note: The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code Weight (kg) 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 in the table with mounting accessories.
Zones 1&2
2/108
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BBJ Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings
BBJ-
1. For horizontal type: supplied with seal gasket and gland nut. 2. For pendant pole type: supplied with BHD51-F explosion-proof junction box (copper-free aluminium); M25 x 1.5 plug or Ex d cable gland is optional, DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. 10 14 (mm)
177
2- 9
BBJ-Z
BBJ-G
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/109
Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BJD Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power c onsumption and long service life. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BJD-ZR BJD-ZB BJD-ZY BJD-ZG BJD-GR BJD-GB BJD-GY BJD-GG Note: The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code Weight(kg) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 in the table with mounting accessories.
Zones 1&2
2/110
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BJD Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
BJD-
1. For horizontal type: supplied with seal gasket and gland nut. 2. For pendant pole type: supplied with BHD51-F explosion-proof junction box (copper-free aluminium); M25 x 1.5 plug or Ex d cable gland is optional, DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
10
14 (mm)
177
2- 9
BJD-Z
BJD-G
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/111
Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BBJ81 Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power c onsumption and long service life. Four lamp colours: red, blue, yellow, green. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BBJ81-R BBJ81-B BBJ81-Y BBJ81-G Note: The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code Weight(kg) 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 in the table with mounting accessories.
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BBJ81 Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings
BBJ81-
LCIE 11 ATEX 3111X; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-11: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-11: 2006, IEC 60079-31: 2008
Material Enclosure Transparent cover Exposed fastener Rated voltage Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Lamp colour Flash frequency Sound intensity Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) LED 5W Red, blue, yellow, green 150 (times/min) 100 120dB (R=1m) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Stainless steel 220 240V AC 50/60Hz; 24V DC/AC
M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -40 3 x 1.5 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE)
4 x M25 x 1.5 plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
146
4116
11EQS
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/113
Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BJD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power consumption and long service life. Lamp colour: red, blue, yellow, green. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BJD81-R BJD81-B BJD81-Y BJD81-G Note: The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code Weight(kg) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 in the table with mounting accessories.
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BJD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
BJD81-
146
4116
11 EQS
http:// www.waromgroup.com
2/115
Installation Equipments
3/0
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Installation Equipments
Contents
Installation Switches BZM Series Explosion-proof Illumination Switches (Ex d IIC) BZZ51 Series Explosion-proof Conversion Switches (Ex de IIB) Junction Boxes BHD51 Series Explosion-proof Junction Boxes (Ex d IIC) Terminal Boxes BXJ Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes (Ex d IIB) BXJ Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes (Ex d IIC) BXJ Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes (Ex e) BXJ8050 Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes (Ex e) BXJ-S Series Increased Safety Terminal Boxes (Ex e) Plug and Sockets BCZ85 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets (Ex d IIC) BCZ54 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets (Ex de IIB) BCZ8060 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets (Ex de IIC) BCZY Explosion-proof Movable Switchboards 3/28 3/34 3/38 3/46 3/9 3/12 3/14 3/18 3/24 3/6 3/2 3/4
More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our webs ite for the latest development. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensi ons, de signs and products available without notice.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/1
Installation Equipments
Installation Switches BZM Series Explosion-proof Illumination Switches
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. Two options: -On-off switch -Changeover switch
Switch type (B: on-off switch D: changeover switch) Rated current (A) Explosion-proof illumination switches
Selection table
Type/Ordering code Chart of contact Corresponding switch Weight (kg)
BZM-16B
0.85
BZM-25B
0.95
BZM-16D
0.85
BZM-25D
0.95
Zones 1&2
3/2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
BZM-
II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 LCIE 06 ATEX 6068; IECEx LCI 08. 0008; FM (USA) EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003
Enclosure material Enclosure colour Switch function Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable connection Cable entries
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) On-off switch or changeover switch Stainless steel Max. 250V AC 16A, 25A IP65 -20 3 x (2.5 +55 4)mm2
Standard 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug 2 x G3/4 plug or 2 x NPT3/4 plug on request 25.
Cable gland(optional)
Spare parts
Built-in switch Rated voltage/current Ordering code Weight (kg)
250V/16A
30001
0.10
250V/25A
30002
0.20
250V/16A
30003
0.10
250V/25A
30004
0.20
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/3
Installation Equipments
Installation Switches BZZ51 Series Explosion-proof Conversion Switches
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Available current rating 10A or 25A. Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. One gear per 90 , loop operation.
Selection table
Type/Ordering code Chart of contact Corresponding switch Weight (kg)
BZZ51-10
1.50
BZZ51-25
2.70
Spare parts
Built-in switch Rated voltage/current Ordering code Weight (kg)
415V/10A
30005
0.15
415V/25A
30006
0.40
Zones 1&2
3/4
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
BZZ51-10, BZZ51-25
II 2 G Ex de IIB T6 LCIE 06 ATEX 6021; IECEx LCI 08. 0006 EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2003 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 60079-7:2001
Enclosure material Enclosure colour Switch Pole number Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Switch capacity
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Low-power on-off switch 3 Poles Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 10A, 25A BZZ51-10 AC 3, AC 23 Ue 230~ 380~ 415~ P 3.0kW 5.0kW 5.0kW BZZ51-25 AC 3, AC 23 P 5.0kW 8.0kW 8.0kW
IP54 (IP65 with canopy) -20 4 x (1.5 +55 2.5)mm2 (10A), 4 x (4 6)mm2 (25A) (with reducer) on req uest on request
BZZ51-10: Standard 2 x G3/4 plug; M25 x 1.5 or NPT3/4 BZZ51-25: Standard 2 x M32 x 1.5 plug; G1 or NPT1 19.
Cable gland(optional)
BZZ51-10
BZZ51-25
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/5
Installation Equipments
Junction Boxes BHD51 Series Explosion-proof Junction Boxes
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Six types: A, B, C, D, E, F. Type A, B, C, D , E in copper-free aluminium only; Type F in copper-free aluminium or cast iron.
T: cast iron (only for Type F) Thread (M, G, NPT) Outline code (A, B, C, D, E, F) Explosion-proof junction boxes
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BHD51-A/M20 x 1.5 Type A BHD51-A/M25 x 1.5 BHD51-B/M20 x 1.5 Type B BHD51-B/M25 x 1.5 BHD51-C/M20 x 1.5 Type C BHD51-C/M25 x 1.5 BHD51-D/M20 x 1.5 Type D BHD51-D/M25 x 1.5 BHD51-E/M20 x 1.5 Type E BHD51-E/M25 x 1.5 Copper-free aluminium BHD51-F/M25 x 1.5 Type F Cast iron 2.10 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 Schematic diagram Weight (kg)
BHD51-
/ /
EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008 Copper-free aluminium or cast iron; powder coated external surface Yellow (RAL1021) Stainless steel 20A Max. 500V AC
DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 Type A-E are used for wiring or branching;
Type F is used as accessory for pendant pole type or ceiling type light fittings.
Terminals
Description Illustration Number Ordering code Weight (kg) Note
Terminal block
30009
0.10
For Type F
Cast iron
View A 9
Type F
1. Type F (copper-free aluminium) is used as mounting accessory for light fittings BAD61-125, BAD81, BAD, BDD81, BAD85 etc. 2. Type F (cast iron) is used as mounting accessory for light fittings BAD61-250, BAD61-400, etc.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/7
Installation Equipments
Terminal Boxes BXJ Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Three explosion-proof types (Ex e, Ex d IIB and Ex d IIC). Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. Size and direction of cable entries can be customized on request.
Ex d IIB
Internal terminal type (a......f) Enclosure type (I, II, III......) Explosion-proof type (e, IIB, IIC) Explosion-proof terminal boxes
Ex d IIC
Ex e
BXJ-IIB-
LCIE 11 ATEX 3013; IECEx LCI 08. 0003; POCC CN. EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007; EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Weidmuller SAK EN series Ex-mark: II 2 GD Ex e II Stainless steel Max. 500V AC Cross section Rated current IP66 -60 +55 Rated current > 400A on request 2.5mm2 24A 4mm2 32A 6mm2 41A 10mm2 57A 16mm2 76A
35mm2 125A
Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5
A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1
C/D 8 7 3 2 2 2 V
A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1
C/D 10 9 4 3 3 2 Vb
A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1
C/D 12 10 6 4 3 3 VI
A/B 10 9 7 3 3 2
C/D 12 11 9 4 3 3 VIb
A/B 16 12 9 5 4 2
C/D 20 15 12 6 5 3
A/B 12 11 9 4 3 3 VII
C/D 16 14 12 5 4 3
A/B 22 15 12 6 5 3 VIIb
C/D 30 20 16 9 7 5
Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5
A/B 14 12 10 4 4 3
C/D 21 19 15 7 5 5
A/B 24 18 14 8 5 4
C/D 40 27 21 12 9 7
A/B 19 16 13 7 6 3
C/D 33 28 22 13 11 5
A/B 30 20 18 11 6 5
C/D 50 36 30 18 10 9
A/B 28 25 21 11 10 4
C/D 41 35 29 16 13 6
A/B 45 30 25 15 12 7
C/D 65 44 36 21 12 10
Note: 1. No cable entries for standard design. Cable entries shall be drilled by user. 2. For cable entries: 1) Please specify the direction and size of each cable entry. 2) Cable gland is optional, DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/9
16
15
12
10
7.50
II
22
18
14
12
10
9.00
IIb
28
25
20
15
12
10.00
16.00 (III) 32 30 24 20 16 8 19.80 (IIIb) III, IIIb 16.50 (III) 50 46 40 20.50 (IIIb)
3/10
http:// www.waromgroup.com
50.00 (VI) 80 70 60 50 35 20 10 6
56.50 (VIb)
VI,VIb 51.50 (VI) 160 140 120 100 70 58.00 (VIb)
80.00 (VII) 90 80 70 60 40 25 15 9 88.50 (VIIb) VII,VIIb 82.00 (VII) 180 160 140 120 80 91.50 (VIIb)
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/11
II 2 G Ex d IIC T6
Nemko 09 ATEX 1012; IECEx CQM 11.0027; GOST.R (Russia); EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Weidmuller SAK EN series Ex-mark: II 2 GD Ex e II
Stainless steel Max. 500V AC Cross section Rated current 2.5mm2 24A 4mm2 32A 6mm2 41A 10mm2 57A 16mm2 76A 35mm2 125A
Size M20 1.5 M25 1.5 M32 1.5 M40 1.5 M50 1.5 M63 1.5
A/B 3 3 2 2 / /
C/D 3 3 2 2 / /
A/B 4 4 3 3 / /
C/D 4 4 3 3 / /
A/B 10 9 7 3 3 2
C/D 10 9 7 3 3 2
A/B 11 10 8 4 3 2
C/D 11 10 8 4 3 2
A/B 15 13 11 5 4 3
C/D 15 13 11 5 4 3
A/B 17 15 12 5 5 4
C/D 17 15 12 5 5 4
Note: 1. No cable entries for standard design. Cable entries shall be drilled by user. 2. For cable entries: 1) Please specify the direction and size of each cable entry. 2) Cable gland is optional, DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20
25.
3/12
http:// www.waromgroup.com
10
3.50
II
20
18
15
12
10
6.50
III
25
24
20
15
12
12.00
32
30
25
18
14
10
15.00
IV
44
40
32
22
15.50
48
44
38
30
20
12
21.00
72
60
50
40
21.50
55
50
40
34
26
15
24.00
VI
90
80
60
50
24.50
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/13
BXJ-e-
LCIE 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; GOST.R (Russia); PCEC(China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Weidmuller SAK EN series Ex-mark: II 2 GD Ex e II
Stainless steel Max. 500V AC Cross section Rated current 2.5mm2 24A 4mm2 32A 6mm2 41A 10mm2 57A 16mm2 76A 35mm2 125A
Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5
A/B 2 2 1 1 / /
C/D 3 3 2 2 / /
A/B 4 3 2 2 / /
C/D 4 3 2 2 / /
A/B 4 3 2 2 / /
C/D 6 4 3 3 / /
A/B 6 4 3 3 / /
C/D 6 4 3 3 / /
A/B 6 5 3 2 / /
C/D 10 9 4 3 3 2
A/B 10 9 4 3 3 2
C/D 10 9 4 3 3 2
A/B 8 7 4 2 2 2
C/D 12 10 6 3 3 3
A/B 12 10 6 3 3 3
C/D 18 16 10 5 5 4
Note: 1. No cable entries for standard design. Cable entries shall be drilled by user. 2. For cable entries: 1) Please specify the direction and size of each cable entry. 2) Cable gland is optional, DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 19.
3/14
http:// www.waromgroup.com
16
15
12
10
2.40
II
16
15
12
10
2.80
III
25
22
20
15
12
3.80
IV
25
22
20
15
12
5.10
35
30
25
20
15
5.80
35
30
25
20
15
10
7.10
VI 60 50 40 7.50
40
35
30
24
18
12
7.00
VII 40 40 30 7.00
60
55
40
30
20
15
9.50
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/15
Type I
Type II
Type IIb
Type III,IIIb
Type IV,IVb
Type V,Vb
Type VI,VIb
Type VII,VIIb
3/16
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Type I
Type II
Type III
Type IV
Type V
Type VI
Type I
Type II
Type III
Type IV
Type V
Type VI
Type VII
Type VIII
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/17
Installation Equipments
Terminal Boxes BXJ8050 Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes (Ex e)
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) enclosure Weidmuller SAK EN series terminals
Internal terminal type (a......f) Enclosure type (I, II, III...A, B, C...) Explosion-proof terminal boxes (GRP)
BXJ8050-
Stainless steel Max. 500V AC Cross section Rated current IP65 -20 +55 2.5mm2 24A 4mm2 32A 6mm2 41A 10mm2 57A 16mm2 76A 35mm2 125A
Size M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
A/B 4 2 2 / / /
C/D 4 2 2 / / /
A/B 6 5 2 2 1 /
C/D 10 8 4 3 2 /
A/B 10 8 6 2 2 /
C/D 12 8 6 2 2 /
A/B 12 10 6 3 2 2
C/D 18 12 10 5 4 3
A/B 18 12 10 5 4 3
C/D 18 12 10 5 2 /
A/B 7 4 3 2 1 /
C/D 12 8 4 3 2 /
A/B 18 12 10 5 4 3
C/D 36 24 18 8 6 6
Note: 1. No cable entries for standard design. Cable entries shall be drilled by user. 2. For cable entries: 1) Please specify the direction and size of each cable entry. 2) Cable gland is optional, DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/19
12
10
0.80
130
II
25
22
18
1.30
III
30
28
22
18
15
2.10
IV
44
40
32
25
20
3.25
88
80
60
50
40
14
4.15
VI
25
22
18
14
2.00
VII
180
160
130
100
80
30
8.40
3/20
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Type I
Type II
Type III
Type IV
Type V
Type VI
Type VII
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/21
BXJ8050-20/6
II 2 G Ex e II T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65 PTB 06 ATEX 1013; IECEx CQM 07.0013; BR229793-X (Brazil) PCEC (China) EN 50014:1997+A1+A2, EN 50019:2000 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2001, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) 6 stud terminals 0.2 4mm2 Stainless steel Max. 500V AC 20A IP65 -20 +55 Standard; see Selection Table
Terminals
Description Illustration Max. Current Ordering code Weight (kg)
Stud terminal
20A
30010
0.15
3/22
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Selection table
Type/Ordering code BXJ8050-20/6A Schematic diagram Type A Cable gland 1 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) Weight (kg) 0.65
BXJ8050-20/6B
Type B
2 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 1 stopping rod 3 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 2 stopping rods 4 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 3 stopping rods 2 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 1 stopping rod 4 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 3 stopping rods 5 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 4 stopping rods 6 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 5 stopping rods 7 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 6 stopping rods
0.70
BXJ8050-20/6C
Type C
0.70
BXJ8050-20/6D
Type D
0.75
BXJ8050-20/6E
Type E
0.70
BXJ8050-20/6F
Type F
0.75
BXJ8050-20/6G
Type G
0.75
BXJ8050-20/6H
Type H
0.75
BXJ8050-20/6I
Type I
0.80
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/23
Installation Equipments
Terminal boxes BXJ-S Series Increased Safety Terminal Boxes (Ex e)
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Stainless steel enclosure Weidmuller SAK EN series terminals
Internal terminal type (a......f) Enclosure type (I, II, III......) Increased safety terminal boxes (stainless steel)
BXJ-S-
Stainless steel Max. 500V AC Cross section Rated current IP66 -40 -40 +50 +40 : T5 : T6 2.5mm2 24A 4mm2 32A 6mm2 41A 10mm2 57A 16mm2 76A 35mm2 125A
Note
Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5
A/B 2 1 / / / /
C/D 2 1 / / / /
A/B 3 3 2 / / /
C/D 4 3 3 / / /
A/B 9 8 6 3 2 2
C/D 9 8 6 3 2 2
A/B 12 10 8 4 3 2
C/D 12 10 8 4 3 2
A/B 20 18 12 6 5 4
C/D 20 18 12 6 5 4
A/B 20 18 12 6 5 5
C/D 28 24 16 14 12 5
A/B 40 26 14 10 8 5
C/D 54 40 26 20 9 7
Note: 1. No cable entries for standard design. Cable entries shall be drilled by user. 2. For cable entries: 1) Please specify the direction and size of each cable entry. 2) Cable gland is optional, DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17
19.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/25
10
2.25
II
15
12
10
3.60
III
25
22
18
15
12
7.40
IV
30
28
25
20
14
10
8.70
60
55
45
35
30
20
18.60
120
110
90
70
60
18.60
VI
160
140
100
80
70
50
25.70
VII
300
270
240
165
135
72
40.10
3/26
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Type I
Type II
Type III
Type IV
Type V
Type VI
Type VII
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/27
Installation Equipments
Plug and Sockets BCZ85 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Socke ts
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Four enclosure types; Four current ratings (16A, 32A, 63A, 125A); 3P, 4P or 5P. Plug can only be pulled out when switch is off; turn on the power after inserting the plug. Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface.
Selection table
Type BCZ85-16/ / Current (A) Voltage (V) 100~130 2P+PE 200~250 100~130 200~250 380~415 16 480~500 600~690 57/100~75/130 120/208~144/250 200/346~240/415 277/480~288/500 347/600~400/690 BCZ85-32/ / 200~250 200~250 380~415 3P+PE 480~500 32 600~690 120/208~144/250 200/346~240/415 3P+N+PE 277/480~288/500 347/600~400/690 BCZ85-63/ / 200~250 380~415 3P+PE 480~500 63 600~690 120/208~144/250 3P+N+PE 200/346~240/415 BCZ85-125/ / 200~250 380~415 3P+PE 480~500 125 600~690 120/208~144/250 3P+N+PE 200/346~240/415 6 Red 30179 20.0 5 9 Black Blue 30177 30178 20.0 20.0 7 Black 30176 20.0 6 9 6 Red Blue Red 30173 30174 30175 4.50 20.0 20.0 5 9 Black Blue 30171 30172 4.50 4.50 7 Black 30170 4.50 7 5 9 6 Black Black Blue Red 30166 30167 30168 30169 3.40 3.40 4.50 4.50 7 5 9 6 Black Black Blue Red 30162 30163 30164 30165 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 2P+PE 3P+N+PE 3P+PE 6 4 9 6 7 5 4 9 6 7 5 6 9 6 Blue Yellow Blue Red Black Black Yellow Blue Red Black Black Blue Blue Red 30148 30149 30150 30151 30152 30153 30154 30155 30156 30157 30158 30159 30160 30161 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 3.40 3.40 3.40 Pole number Schematic diagram h 4 Colour Yellow Ordering Weight (kg) code 30147 2.60
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/29
BCZ85-16/ /
II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66 Nemko 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx; CQST(China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 690V AC 16A 3P (2P+PE), 4P (3P+PE), 5P (3P+N+PE) IP66 -60 +55 2 x M25 x 1.5(3P/4P), 2 x M32 x 1.5(5P) 1 x M25 x 1.5(3P/4P) , 1 x M32 x 1.5(5P) DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
Flameproof Thread
165 155 80 65 7
210
105
308
Socket
Plug
163
192
180 75 9
94 Flameproof Enclosure
250
140
183
290
350
Socket
Plug
BCZ85-16/ /5P
3/30
170
152
http:// www.waromgroup.com
BCZ85-32/ /
Nemko 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx; CQST(China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008
Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Pole number Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entry of socket Cable entry of plug Cable gland (optional)
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 690V AC 32A 3P (2P+PE), 4P (3P+PE), 5P (3P+N+PE) IP66 -60 +55
2 x M32 x 1.5 1 x M32 x 1.5 DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
192
180 75 9
94 Flameproof Enclosure
250
140
183
290
350
Socket
Plug
170
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/31
BCZ85-63/ /
Nemko 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx; CQST(China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008
Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Pole number Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entry of socket Cable entry of plug Cable gland (optional)
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 690V AC 63A 4P (3P+PE), 5P (3P+N+PE) IP66 -60 +55
2 x M40 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
240
213
505
325
Socket
Plug
3/32
http:// www.waromgroup.com
250
BCZ85-125/ /
Nemko 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx; CQST(China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008
Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Pole number Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entry of socket Cable entry of plug Cable gland (optional)
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 690V AC 125A 4P (3P+PE), 5P (3P+N+PE) IP66 -60 +55
1 x M63 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.
350 675
300
BCZ85-125/
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/33
Installation Equipments
Plug and Sockets BCZ54 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 2 enclosure types; 4 curren t ratings (16A,32A,63A,100A); 3P or 5P. Plug can only be pulled out when switch is off; turn on the power after inserting the plug. Canopy is recommended for outdoor use. Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface.
Selection table
Type Voltage (V) Pole number Schematic diagram Ordering code Weight (kg)
BCZ54-16/
380~415
3P+N+PE
30011
3.25
200~250
1P+N+PE
30012
3.10
100~130
1P+N+PE
30013
3.10
36
2P+PE
30014
3.10
24
2P+PE
30015
3.10
BCZ54-32/
380~415
3P+N+PE
30016
3.35
200~250
1P+N+PE
30017
3.20
100~130
1P+N+PE
30018
3.20
36
2P+PE
30019
3.20
24
2P+PE
30020
3.20
BCZ54-63/
380~415
3P+N+PE
30021
30.30
BCZ54-100/
380~415
3P+N+PE
30022
30.30
Note: Plug and sockets are supplied as one complete set when ordering according to the above ordering code.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/35
BCZ54-16/ / , BCZ54-32/
II 2 G Ex de IIB T 1) Gb BCZ54-16/ / : T6; BCZ54-32/ / : T5
Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards Nemko 09 ATEX 1013; IECEx CQM 11.0039 EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Switch capacity Application Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 16A, 32A Ie(A) 16 16 16 16 16 Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entry of socket Cable entry of plug Cable gland (optional) Available cable outer diameter Cable connection AC 3 Ue(V) 380, 400, 415 200, 230, 250 100, 120, 130 36 24 P(kW) 7.5 4.0 2.0 1.0 0.5 Ie(A) 32 32 32 32 32 AC 3 Ue(V) 380, 400, 415 200, 230, 250 100, 120, 130 36 24 P(kW) 15 7.5 4 1.5 1.0
Standard 1 x G1
Standard 1 x G1 1/4
DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 12 19 (mm) 4) mm2 or 5 x (2.5 6) mm2 or 5 x (4 4) mm2
6) mm2
60
Socket
Plug
BCZ54-16/
BCZ54-32/
3/36
http:// www.waromgroup.com
BCZ54-63/ / , BCZ54-100/
Nemko 11 ATEX 1011; IECEx CQM 11.0024 EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 61241-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008
Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Switch capacity Application
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 63A, 100A AC 3 Ie(A) 63 Ue(V) 380, 400, 415 P(kW) 30 Ie(A) 100 AC 3 Ue(V) 380, 400, 415 P(kW) 37
Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entry of socket Cable entry of plug Cable gland (optional) Available cable outer diameter Cable connection
Standard 1 x G2 Standard 1 x G2
DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25 35 (mm) 16)mm2 25)mm2
385
105
14
Socket
Plug
BCZ54-63/ /
BCZ54-100/ /
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/37
Installation Equipments
Plug and Sockets BCZ8060 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 2P, 3P, 4P and 5P Plug can only be pulled out when switch is off; turn on the power after inserting the plug. GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin)
Selection table
Type BCZ8060-16/ / Voltage (V) 600 480 690 500 Current (A) 16 16 16 380 415 16 16 200 250 16 16 100 130 16 16 36 16 16 24 16 BCZ8060-32/ / 600 480 690 500 32 32 32 380 415 32 32 200 250 32 BCZ806063/ / 63 380 415 63 200 BCZ8060-125/ / 600 480 250 690 500 63 125 125 125 380 415 125 125 200 250 125 3P+PE 9 30073 16.00 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 6 6 30071 30072 16.00 16.00 3P+PE 1P+N+PE 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE / / / / 5 7 6 30066 30067 30068 30069 30070 14.90 14.90 16.00 16.00 16.00 3P+PE 3P+N+PE / 9 / 30064 30065 2.85 14.90 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 6 6 30062 30063 2.85 2.85 2P 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 5 7 6 30058 30059 30060 30061 1.80 2.85 2.85 2.85 2P 2P+PE 12 30056 30057 1.80 1.80 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 3P+PE 1P+N+PE 1P+N+PE 2P+PE 6 6 9 6 4 12 30050 30051 30052 30053 30054 30055 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.80 Pole number 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE Schematic diagram h 5 7 6 Ordering code 30047 30048 30049 Weight (kg) 1.85 1.85 1.85
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/39
BCZ8060-16/ /
Nemko 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; CQST (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008
GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Stainless steel AC 600V~690V, 480V~500V, 380V~415V, 200V~250V, 100V~130V DC 36V, 24V
Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional)
16A IP66 -20 ~+55 Standard 1 x G3/4 cable gland, 1 x G3/4 plug
3/40
http:// www.waromgroup.com
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/41
BCZ8060-32/ /
3/42
http:// www.waromgroup.com
BCZ8060-63/ /
Nemko 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; CQST (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008
Enclosure material Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional)
GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Stainless steel AC 380V~415V, 200V 250V 63A IP66 -20 ~+55 cable gland Standard 1 x G1 1/2
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/43
BCZ8060-125/ /
Nemko 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; CQST (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008
Enclosure material Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional)
GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Stainless steel AC 600V~690V, 480V~500V, 380V~415V, 200V~250V 125A IP66 -20 ~+55
Standard 1 x M63 x 1.5 cable gland, 1 x M63 x 1.5 plug DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16.
3/44
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Socket (Z)
Plug (T)
D 90 110 120
A 80 102 113
D1 72 76.5 95
BCZ8060-32/
87
Plug (T)
118
Plug (T)
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/45
Installation Equipments
BCZY Explosion-proof Movable Switchboards
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Type A (portable type) and type B (push type) for option The box is made of stainless steel Several kinds of voltage for option Portable type is equipped with 5m cable; push type is equipped with 20m cable; also can be customized on request. Transformer function can be added
T: With transformer (optional) A: portable type B: push type Explosion-proof movable switchboards
280
220
BCZY-A
720
BCZY-B
BCZY-
BCZY- T
250VAC 50Hz (60Hz: optional); 5P: 380 415VAC 50Hz (60Hz: optional)
6V, 24V, 110V, 127V, 220V 500VA, 1000VA Portable type: 19.40kg (equipped with 5m cable) Push type: 25.20kg (equipped with 20m cable)
L N PE
L N PE
3 x 3 -pole
3 x 3 -pole
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 N PE T N PE
3 x 3 -pole BCZY- T
http:// www.waromgroup.com
3/47
Control Equipments
4/0
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Control Equipments
Contents
Position Switches BZX51-6 Series Explosion-proof Position Switches (Ex de IIC) Control Stations BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations (Ex d IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations (Ex de IIB) Components for Control Stations HA Series Pushbuttons HD Series Indicators HK Series Control Switches Control Unit Systems and Control Stations BZA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Unit Systems (Ex de IIC, GRP Enclosure) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations (Ex de IIC, GRP Enclosure) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations (Ex de IIC, Aluminium Alloy Enclosure) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations (Ex de IIC, Stainless Steel Enclosure) Components for Control Stations BA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Buttons BD8050 Series Explosion-proof Indicators BK8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Switches BB8050 Series Explosion-proof Ammeters/Voltmeters 4/36 4/40 4/43 4/49 4/20 4/24 4/28 4/32 4/12 4/14 4/16 4/4 4/8 4/2
More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for the latest de velopment. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs and products available without notice.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/1
Control Equipments
Position Switches BZX51-6 Series Explosion-proof Position Switches
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Types: D, S, Z, L. Increased safety enclosure with explosion-proof components. Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface.
Selection table
Type Rated voltage (V) 250 BZX51-6D 250 250 250 BZX51-6S 250 250 250 BZX51-6Z 250 250 250 BZX51-6L 250 250 Rated current (A) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Type of contact 1NO+1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO+1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO+1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO+1NC 2NO 2NC Ordering code 40001 40002 40003 40004 40005 40006 40007 40008 40009 40010 40011 40012 Weight (kg) 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.30 0.30 0.30
Zones 1&2
4/2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
BZX51-6
DNV 12 ATEX____; IECEx; PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel BZX-6 Ex-mark: II 2 G Ex de IIC T6
Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Available cable outer diameter
4.5
BZX51-6D
BZX51-6S
BZX51-6Z
BZX51-6L
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/3
Control Equipments
Control Stations (Ex d IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. Six types of enclosure .
Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/5. 2. Please select internal components as below: HA pushbutton selection table on P4/12~13 (Nominal contact is 1NO+1NC) HD indicator selection table on P4/14~15 HK control switch selection table on P4/16~19 BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter selection table on P4/49~51 3. Example: BZC-A2B1K1 Components: Two pushbuttons, one ammeter, one control switch Tech. Details: One start pushbutton (40036B-1 + 40033-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One stop pushbutton (40036A-1 + 40033-1, red, 1NO+1NC); One ammeter (40139, 100/5A); One control switch (Function A, stop-run-start) 4. Special requirements on request.
a I
a II
40018......
9.10
a III
40019......
10.20
IV d e f
40020......
15.90
a V
40021......
27.50
VI
40022......
40.00
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/5
LCIE 11 ATEX 3070X; IECEx CQM 11.0043; GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008
Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Components
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 10A IP66 -60 +55
1. HA pushbutton technical data on P4/12~13; 2. HD indicator technical data on P4/14~15; 3. HK control switch technical data on P4/16~19; 4. BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter technical data on P4/49~51.
Standard M
DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Surface type
Enclosure I
Enclosure II
4/6
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Enclosure III
Enclosure IV
Enclosure V
Enclosure VI
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/7
Control Equipments
Control Stations (Ex de IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. Seven types of enclosure .
Control switch number Control switch (optional) Indicator number Indicator (optional) Ammeter/Voltmeter number Ammeter/Voltmeter (optional) Pushbutton number Pushbutton (optional) Explosion-proof control stations
Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/9. 2. Please select internal components as below: HA pushbutton selection table on P4/12~13 (Nominal contact is 1NO+1NC); HD indicator selection table on P4/14~15 HK control switch selection table on P4/16~19 BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter selection table on P4/49~51 3. Example: BZC-A2B1K1L Components: Two pushbuttons, one ammeter, one control switch; pole type Tech. Details: One start pushbutton (40036B-1 + 40033-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One stop pushbutton (40036A-1 + 40033-1, red, 1NO+1NC); One ammeter (40139, 100/5A); One control switch (Function A, stop-run-start); 4. Special requirements on request.
Zones 1&2
4/8
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
a I
a II
III
40027......
6.65
IV
40028......
6.80
a V
40029.....
13.0
a VI
40030......
15.25
VII
40031......
40.65
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/9
Stainless steel
4.5
40032
0.06
Enclosure I
Enclosure II
Enclosure III
4/10
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Enclosure IV
Enclosure V
Enclosure VI
Enclosure VII
218 256 4- 16
218 256 4- 16
218 256 4- 16
218 256 4- 16
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/11
Control Equipments
Components for BZC Control Stations HA Series Pushbuttons
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Five different ways of operation -Spring-return pushbutton -Key-operated pushbutton -Mushroom stay-put emergency pushbutton -Mushroom turn-to-release emergency pushbutton -Rotary pushbutton
43 43 43
13.5
38
38
14~20
Spring-return pushbutton
Rotary pushbutton
Key-operated pushbutton
88.5
Selection table
Cover mounting Rail mounting Specification Red Spring-return pushbutton Green Yellow Code a b c Ordering code 40036A-1 / 40036A-2 40036B-1 / 40036B-2 40036C-1 / 40036C-2 Weight (kg) 0.15 0.15 0.15
Red
40037-1 / 40037-2
0.27
Red
40040-1 / 40040-2
0.27
Rotary pushbutton
Black
40039-1 / 40039-2
0.27
Key-operated pushbutton
Black
40038-1 / 40038-2
0.27
Red Pushbutton with indicator Green Yellow The last number of ordering code: 1 - cover mounting; 2 - rail mounting
a b c
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/13
Control Equipments
Components for BZC Control Stations HD Series Indicators
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available in -red -green -yellow -white Two types -screw connection -2m cable connection
Selection table
Type I: Screw connection 220~415V AC Rated voltage Schematic diagram Colour Red Green Yellow White Red 220V DC Green Yellow White Red 48~120V AC/DC Green Yellow White Red 12~36V AC/DC Green Yellow White II: 2m cable connection 220~415V AC Red Green Yellow White Red Green 220V DC Yellow White Red Green 48~120V AC/DC Yellow White Red Green 12~36V AC/DC Yellow White Code Ra Ga Ya Wa Rb Gb Yb Wb Rc Gc Yc Wc Rd Gd Yd Wd Ra Ga Ya Wa Rb Gb Yb Wb Rc Gc Yc Wc Rd Gd Yd Wd Ordering code 40041A 40042A 40043A 40044A 40045A 40046A 40047A 40048A 40049A 40050A 40051A 40052A 40053A 40054A 40055A 40056A 40041B 40042B 40043B 40044B 40045B 40046B 40047B 40048B 40049B 40050B 40051B 40052B 40053B 40054B 40055B 40056B 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 Weight (kg)
I: Screw connection
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/15
Control Equipments
Components for BZC Control Stations HK Series Control Switches
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available in latching and spring-return forms. Different function options. Max. 6 poles. The switch shall be fitted inside Ex d enclosure.
AUTO
STOP
HAND
Operating handle
Mounting hole
Selection table
Position (solid line: location; dash line: spring return)
Switch code
Chart of contact
Equivalent switch
b.Functi onal wiring is the same as double buttons; auto-reset after start; lock-stop gear added to avoid mistake operation.
c.Button with 2 NO contacts and available at auto-reset function. Suitable for highvoltage engine control circuit or function panel uses switch code "a".
d.Low-power switch.
e.Function is same as three buttons; able to control engine in forward and backward rotation. FW&BW starting positions can auto-reset.
g.Be equal to mounting two buttons and one changeover switch in one axis. Possible to output contact s ignal o r monit oring signal between start and stop.
i.Add function of transmitting resultant signal on the base of function pa nel uses switch code "h".
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/17
Selection table
Position (solid line: location; dash line: spring return)
Switch code
Chart of contact
Equivalent switch
k. Changeover switch.
m.Three-position changeover switch among auto, manual and start; auto-reset after start; it can convert to auto gear only after passing stop gear.
n.Structure is a little different to universal structure of switch code "m"; it directly rotates to auto gear without passing stop gear after starts.
p.Double contacts for stop, to substitute switch code "a" and "c" for start and stop; autoreset.
q.Stop with double contacts, with lock stop gear; auto-reset after start.
r.Double contacts for both start and stop; it is same as universal panel of switch code a , with auto-reset for start and stop.
4/18
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Selection table
Position (solid line: location; dash line: spring return)
Switch code
Chart of contact
Equivalent switch
t.With lock-stop gear for start and stop to prevent mistake operation; without autoreset.
w.One 2NO auto-reset pushbutton, both left and right are the same.
Rail mounting
Cover mounting
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/19
Control Equipments
Control Unit Systems BZA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Unit Systems
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Three enclosure types Individual unit can be combined into larger units.
Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/21~22. 2. Please select internal components as below: BA8050 explosion-proof control button selection table on P4/36~39 (Nominal contact is 1NO+1NC) BD8050 explosion-proof indicator selection table on P4/40~42 3. Example: BZA8050-A2 Components: two control buttons Tech. Details: One start control button (40092B + 40090-1+40091-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One stop control button (40092A+ 40090-1+40091-1, red, 1NO+1NC) 4. Special requirements on request.
Selection table
Outline Spring-return button Red Colour Chart of contact Ordering code 40063A 0.65 Green Mushroom stay-put emergency button Red 40064 0.65 40063B Weight (kg)
40065B
0.65
40065C
0.65
Spring-return button
Green
40066 Red
0.85
Red
40067 Red
0.85
Red
Red
40068
0.85
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/21
Selection table
Outline Spring-return button Yellow Colour Chart of contact Ordering code Weight (kg)
Red
Red
Red
Green
Red
Green
Red
Red
Red
4/22
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Enclosure I
Enclosure II
Enclosure III
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/23
Control Equipments
Control Stations (GRP) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Four enclosure types
Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/25. 2. Please select internal components as below: BA8050 explosion-proof control button selection table on P4/36~39 (nominal contact is 1NO+1NC) BD8050 explosion-proof indicator selection table on P4/40~42; BK8050 explosion-proof control switch selection table on P4/43~48 BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter selection table on P4/49~51 3. Example: BZC8050-A2D2G Components: Two control buttons, two indicators; surface type Tech. Details: One start control button (40092B + 40090-1+40091-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One stop control button (40092A+ 40090-1+40091-1, red, 1NO+1NC); One indicator (40116+40100-2, green, 230V AC); One indicator (40115+40099-2, red, 230V AC); 4. Special requirements on request.
a I
a II
a III
40076......
3.25
a IIIx
40077......
3.25
IV
40078......
4.15
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/25
Enclosure I
Enclosure II
4/26
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Enclosure III
Enclosure IV
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/27
Control Equipments
Control Stations (Aluminium Alloy) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. Seven enclosure types
Control switch number Control switch (optional) Indicator number Indicator (optional) Ammeter/Voltmeter number Ammeter/Voltmeter (optional) Control button number Control button (optional) Design No. Explosion-proof control stations
Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/29. 2. Please select internal components as below: BA8050 explosion-proof control button selection table on P4/36~39 (Nominal contact is 1NO+1NC) BD8050 explosion-proof indicator selection table on P4/40~42 BK8050 explosion-proof control switch selection table on P4/43~48 BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter selection table on P4/49~51 3. Example: BZC8050-A2D2G Components: Two control buttons , two indicators; surface type Tech. Details: One control start button (40092B + 40090-1+40091-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One control stop button (40092A+ 40090-1+40091-1, red, 1NO+1NC); One ind icator (40116+40100-2, green, 230V AC); One indicator (40115+40099-2, red, 230V AC) 4. Special requirements on request.
40079
0.65
II
40080
0.85
III
40081
1.10
a IV
40083......
6.50
VI
40084......
9.00
VII
40085......
13.70
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/29
Enclosure I
Enclosure II
Enclosure III
4/30
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Enclosure IV
Enclosure V
Enclosure VI
Enclosure VII
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/31
Control Equipments
Control Stations (Stainless Steel) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Stainless steel enclosure Four enclosure types
Control switch number Control switch (optional) Indicator number Indicator (optional) Ammeter/Voltmeter number Ammeter/Voltmeter (optional) Control button number Control button (optional) Design No. Explosion-proof control stations
Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/33. 2. Please select internal components as below: BA8050 explosion-proof control button selection table on P4/36~39 (Nominal contact is 1NO+1NC) BD8050 explosion-proof indicator selection table on P4/40~42 BK8050 explosion-proof control switch selection table on P4/43~48 BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter selection table on P4/49~51 3. Example: BZC8050-A2D2G Components: Two control buttons, two indicators; surface type Tech. Details: One control start button (40092B + 40090-1+40091-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One control stop button (40092A+ 40090-1+40091-1, red, 1NO+1NC); One indicator (40116+40100-2, green, 230V AC ); One indicator (40115+40099-2, red, 230V AC ); 4. Special requirements on request.
a I
II
40087......
4.50
III
40088......
6.75
IV
40089......
10.25
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/33
Enclosure I
Enclosure II
4/34
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Enclosure III
Enclosure IV
218 256
218 256
218 256
4- 16
4- 16
4- 16
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/35
Control Equipments
Components for Control Stations BA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Buttons
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 2 versions of components -1 NO -1 NC Six different ways of operation -Spring-return control button -Mushroom stay-put emergency control button -Key-operated control button -Rotary control button -Double control button -Mushroom turn-to-release emergency control button
A Contact code Control button code I: Cover mounting II: Rail mounting Explosion-proof control buttons
Selection table
Type Description Contact code Ordering code Weight (kg)
11
1NC
40090-1 / 40090-2
0.06
I: Cover mounting
12
11
1NO
40091-1 / 40091-2
0.05
12
Selection table
Type Description Red Spring-return control button Green Yellow Code a b c Ordering code 40092A 40092B 40092C 0.05 Weight (kg)
Red
40093
0.05
Black
40094
0.05
Red
40095
0.05
Red
40096
0.05
Red/Green
40097
0.05
i j k
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/37
BA8050
II 2 G Ex de IIC Ex tD A21 T80 IP65
or
11
12
12
Switch capacity
AC 11, cosj=0.7 DC1 L/R=1ms DC11 L/R=15ms L/R=30ms L/R=100ms 106 times 106 times -20 +70 Suitable for 2.5mm2 cable Polyamide (PA66) Silicon rubber Spring-return control button
Mechanical life Electrical life Ambient temperature Terminal Button element Material Washer Function Spring-return control button Mushroom stay-put emergency control button Key-operated control button Rotary control button Double control button Mushroom turn-to-release emergency control button
Self-latching when pulled, self-locking Rotate to lock; release with key, key movable in both ways Two-position switch function, key movable in 90 Spring-return control button, 1 control button element has the function of 2 control buttons Rotary resetting control button; self-locking
Accessories
Description Cover mounting bracket Material Ordering code Weight (kg)
PC
40098
0.01
4/38
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Rail
40 38 37.5 18.5
38 38
38
38
38
30.8
Mounting hole
40
38 18.5
38
38
42
38
38
38
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/39
Control Equipments
Components for Control Stations BD8050 Series Explosion-proof Indicators
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available in -red -green -yellow -white Two mounting types -cover mounting -rail mounting
Selection table
Type Voltage Schematic diagram Colour Code Ordering code 40099A/40099B 40100A/40100B 0.05 Yellow White Red Rated voltage: AC/DC 48V...110V Voltage range: -10%...+6% I: Cover mounting Frequency: 0Hz...60Hz Green Yellow White Red Rated voltage: AC/DC 12V...36V Voltage range: -10%...+6% Frequency: 0Hz...60Hz Yellow White Red Rated voltage: DC 220V...380V II: Rail mounting Voltage range: -10%...+6% Green Yellow White Indicator cover Red Green Yellow White The last letter of ordering code: A-cover mounting; B-rail mounting. Yc Wc Rd Gd Yd Wd a b c d 40109A/40109B 40110A/40110B 40111A/40111B 40112A/40113B 0.05 40113A/40113B 40114A/40114B 40115 40116 0.05 40117 40118 Green Gb Yb Wb Rc Gc 40104A/40104B 0.05 40105A/40105B 40106A/40106B 40107A/40107B 40108A/40108B 0.05 Ya Wa Rb 40101A/40101B 40102A/40102B 40103A/40103B Weight (kg)
Explosion-proof Indicator Rated voltage: AC 230V...AC 415V Voltage range: -10%...+6% Frequency: 0Hz...60Hz
Red Green
Ra Ga
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/41
BD8050
38
Indicator cover
Rail mounting
30.8
Mounting hole
Cover mounting
4/42
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Control Equipments
Components for Control Stations BK8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Switches
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Max. 6 poles. Available in latching and spring-return forms.
Zones 1&2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/43
Chart of contact
Equivalent switch
B.Functional wiring is the same as double buttons; auto-reset after start; lock-stop gear added to avoid mistake operation.
c.Button with 2 NO contacts and available at auto-reset function. Suitable for high -
d.Low-power switch.
e.Function is the same as three buttons; able to control engine in forward and backward rotation. FW&BW starting positions can auto-reset.
g.Be equal to mounting two buttons and one changeover switch in one axis. Possible to output contact signal or monitoring signal between start and
stop.
4/44
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Chart of contact
Equivalent switch
I. Add function of transmitting resultant signal on the base of function panel uses switch code h .
k. Changeover switch.
m.Three-position changeover switch amo ng auto, manual and start; auto-reset after start; it can co nvert to auto gear
n.Structure is a little different to universal structure of switch code gear after starts. m ; it directly rotates to auto gear without passing stop
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/45
Chart of contact
Equivalent switch
O. Double contacts auto reset for start, with lock-stop gear; lock switch at stop gear to prevent mistake operation.
p.Double contacts for stop, to substitute switch code a and c for start and stop; auto-reset.
q.Stop with double contacts, with lock sto p gear; auto-reset after start; possible to add lock-stop gear to add lock-stop gear
r.Double contacts for both start and stop; it is same as universal panel of switch code a , with auto-reset for start and
stop.
t.With lock-stop gear for start and stop to prevent mistake operation; without auto-reset.
4/46
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Chart of contact
Equivalent switch
w.One 2NO auto-reset pushbutton, both left and right are the same.
Accessories
Description Illustration Ordering code Weight (kg)
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/47
13
13
13
456 18.5
4.5
Operation handle
Mounting hole
4/48
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Control Equipments
Components for Control Stations BB8050 Series Explosion-proof Ammeters/Voltmeters
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Fast comparison of measured with set values Versions available -Ammeter (type 72) -Voltmeter (type 72)
B - V (
)
Voltmeter range Voltmeter Explosion-proof ammeters/voltmeters
Zones 1&2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/49
Selection table
Type Ammeter BB8050-A( / ) Description Secondary current 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A Connect to current transformer (secondary current 5A or 1A) 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A Specification 10A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A 50A 60A 75A 100A 150A 200A 250A 300A Overload times 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Ordering code 40121 40122 40123 40124 40125 40126 40127 40128 40129 40130 40131 40132 40133 40134 40135 40136 40137 40138 40139 40140 40141 40142 40143 40144 40145 40146 40147 40148 0.20 Weight (kg)
Selection table
Type Roltmeter BB8050-V( ) Description Specification 30V 50V 75V 100V Connect to voltage transformer (secondary voltage 100V) 120V 150V 200V 250V 300V 400V 450V 600V 450V 450kV Ordering code 40149 40150 40151 40152 40153 40154 40155 40156 40157 40158 40159 40160 40161 0.20 Weight (kg)
4/50
http:// www.waromgroup.com
BB8050
Voltmeter II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb DNV 11 ATEX 92527U; IECEx CQM 11.0031U EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 Flame retardant plastic 690V AC 50/60Hz DC available Electromagnetic type (moving iron) Class 1.5
66 x 66 72
66 x 66
72
6 67
Bezel (
72mm)
Cover mounting
Rail mounting
89
http:// www.waromgroup.com
4/51
5/0
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Contents
Motor Switches BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches (Ex d IIB) BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches (Ex d IIC) Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex d IIB) BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex de IIC) 5/10 5/14 5/2 5/6
More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for the latest development. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs and products available without notice.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
5/1
Note
1. Please select the model by catalogue number logic above, and specify all technical data. 2. Please specify explosion-proof mark when ordering. 3. Entry size and direction on request.
BLK-63/ / /
Standard 1 16A: 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug 20 40 32A: 2 x M32 x 1.5 plug 63A: 2 x M40 x 1.5 plug
Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Enclosure weight Electric leakage protection
DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Bottom 8.00 kg On request
BLK-63/ / /
http:// www.waromgroup.com
5/3
BLK-160/ / /
Standard 80 100A, 2 x M50 x 1.5 plug 125 160A, 2 x M63 x 1.5 plug
Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Enclosure weight Electric leakage protection
DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Bottom 18.90kg On request
BLK-160/ / /
5/4
http:// www.waromgroup.com
BLK-250/ / /
Standard 2 x M63 x 1.5 plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 Bottom 28.50kg On request Rated current > 250A on request. 25.
BLK-250/
/ /
http:// www.waromgroup.com
5/5
BLK-63/ / /
DNV 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008
Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Circuit breaker Max. working voltage Rated voltage Rated current Pole number Breaking capacity Impulse withstand voltage Tripping characteristic Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCB (mini circuit breaker) 440V AC 50/60Hz 1P/230V AC, 2P/3P/4P/400V AC 50/60Hz 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A, 40A, 50A, 63A 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P 6kA, 10kA, 15kA 6kV Instantaneous tripping range (5 10) In, (7 10) In or (10 14) In IP66 -60 +55
Standard 1 16A: 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug 20 40 32A: 2 x M32 x 1.5 plug 63A: 2 x M40 x 1.5 plug
Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Enclosure weight Electric leakage protection
DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Bottom 6.50kg On request
BLK-63/
/ /
5/6
http:// www.waromgroup.com
BLK-160/
/ /
DNV 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008
Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Circuit breaker Rated working voltage
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) 690V AC 50/60Hz 500V DC
80A, 100A, 125A, 160A 3P, 4P 380/415V AC 50/60Hz, 36kA/50kA 440V AC 50/60Hz, 30kA/45kA
Impulse withstand voltage Tripping device Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries
8kV Thermomagnetic type IP66 -60 +55 100A 160A 2 x M50 x 1.5 plug 2 x M63 x 1.5 plug 25.
Standard 80 125
Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Enclosure weight Electric leakage protection
DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 Bottom 21.00kg On request
BLK-160/ / /
http:// www.waromgroup.com
5/7
BLK-250/ / /
DNV 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008
Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Circuit breaker Rated working voltage
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) 690V AC 50/60Hz 500V DC
Impulse withstand voltage Tripping device Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Enclosure weight Electric leakage protection Note
Standard 2 x M63 x 1.5 plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Bottom 24.00kg On request Rated current > 250A on request.
BLK-250/ / /
5/8
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Outline dimensions of some products with electric leakage protection (all dimensions in mm-subject to alteration)
http:// www.waromgroup.com
5/9
Note
1. Please select the model by catalogue number logic above, and specify all technical data. 2. Please specify explosion-proof mark when ordering. 3. Entry size, entry direction, enclosure material, etc. on request.
Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex d IIB)
BQD- / /
Selection table
Type BQD-4/16/7 10 BQD-5.5/20/9 13 BQD-7.5/25/12 18 BQD-11/32/16 24 BQD-15/40/23 BQD-18.5/50/30 BQD-22/63/37 32 38 50 Control motor power (kW) 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 Rated current of circuit breaker (A) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Adjustable range of setting current of thermal relay (A) 7 9 12 16 23 30 37 10, Ie=8.5 13, Ie=11 18, Ie=16 24, Ie=23 32, Ie=30 38, Ie=36 50, Ie=46 Rated current of contactor (A) 9 12 18 25 32 40 50 Cable entry size 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 Enclosure weight (kg) 20.00 20.00 20.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00
4kW-7.5kW
11kW-22kW
http:// www.waromgroup.com
5/11
Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex d IIB)
BQD- / / /N
Selection table
Type BQD-4/16/7 10/N BQD-5.5/20/9 13/N BQD-7.5/25/12 18/N BQD-11/32/16 24/N BQD-15/40/23 BQD-18.5/50/30 BQD-22/63/37 32/N 38/N 50/N Control motor power (kW) 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 Rated current of circuit breaker (A) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Adjustable range of setting current of thermal relay (A) 7 9 12 16 23 30 37 10, Ie=8.5 13, Ie=11 18, Ie=16 24, Ie=23 32, Ie=30 38, Ie=36 50, Ie=46 Rated current of contactor (A) 9 12 18 25 32 40 50 Cable entry size 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 Enclosure weight (kg) 20.50 20.50 20.50 30.50 30.50 30.50 30.50
4kW-7.5kW
11kW-22kW
5/12
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex d IIB)
BQD- / / / Y
Selection table
Type BQD-18.5/50/30-40/Y BQD-22/63/37-50/Y BQD-30/80/48-65/Y BQD-37/100/63-80/Y BQD-45/125/80-104Y Control motor power (kW) 18.5 22 30 37 45 Rated current of circuit breaker (A) 50 63 80 100 125 Adjustable range of setting current of thermal relay (A) 30 37 48 63 80 40, Ie=36 50, Ie=46 65, Ie=60 80, Ie=75 104, Ie=90 Setting value of delay time 13s 15s 17s 18s 20s Cable entry size 3 x M40 x 1.5 3 x M40 x 1.5 3 x M50 x 1.5 3 x M50 x 1.5 3 x M63 x 1.5 Enclosure weight (kg) 40.00 40.00 54.50 54.50 54.50
18.5kW-22kW
30kW-45kW
http:// www.waromgroup.com
5/13
Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex de IIC)
BQD- / /
Ex de IIC T6 Gb
LCIE 10 ATEX 3075; IECEx CQM 11.0017X EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCB (mini circuit breaker) AC contactor Thermal overload relay Indicator, pushbutton
Rated voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction
380/400V AC 50/60Hz IP65 -20 +55 x 1.5 plug; See Selection Table as below 19.
Standard M
Selection table
Type BQD-4/16/7 10 BQD-5.5/20/9 13 BQD-7.5/25/12 18 BQD-11/32/16 24 BQD-15/40/23 BQD-18.5/50/30 BQD-22/63/37 32 38 50 Control motor power (kW) 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 Rated current of circuit breaker (A) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Adjustable range of setting current of thermal relay (A) 7 9 12 16 23 30 37 10, Ie=8.5 13, Ie=11 18, Ie=16 24, Ie=23 32, Ie=30 38, Ie=36 50, Ie=46 Rated current of contactor (A) 9 12 18 25 32 40 50 Cable entry size 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 Enclosure weight (kg) 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00
4kW-22kW
5/14
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex de IIC)
BQD- / / /N
Ex de IIC T6 Gb
LCIE 10 ATEX 3075; IECEx CQM 11.0017X EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCB (mini circuit breaker) AC contactor Thermal overload relay Indicator, pushbutton
Rated voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland(optional) Entry direction
380/400V AC 50/60Hz IP65 -20 +55 x 1.5 plug; See Selection Table as below 19.
Standard M
Selection table
Type BQD-4/16/7 10/N BQD-5.5/20/9 13/N BQD-7.5/25/12 18/N BQD-11/32/16 24/N BQD-15/40/23 BQD-18.5/50/30 BQD-22/63/37 32/N 38/N 50/N Control motor power (kW) 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 Rated current of circuit breaker (A) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Adjustable range of setting current of thermal relay (A) 7 9 12 16 23 30 37 10, Ie=8.5 13, Ie=11 18, Ie=16 24, Ie=23 32, Ie=30 38, Ie=36 50, Ie=46 Rated current of contactor (A) 9 12 18 25 32 40 50 Cable entry size 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 Enclosure weight (kg) 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00
4kW-22kW
http:// www.waromgroup.com
5/15
Incoming line
Code of electric components QF: circuit breaker KM: AC contactor FR: thermal relay FU1, FU2: fuse SB1: stop button SB2: start button HR: power indicator Load line Electrical schematic diagram Direct-on-line motor starter HG: running indicator
Incoming line
Code of electric components QF: circuit breaker KM1, KM2: AC contactor FR: thermal relay FU1, FU2: fuse SBS: stop button SB1: non-reversible start button SB2: reversible start button HR: power indicator Load line HG1: non-reversible running indicator HG2: reversible running indicator Electrical schematic diagram Reversibly controlled motor starter
5/16
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Incoming line
Code of electric components QF: circuit breaker KM1: main contactor KM3: star start contactor KM2: triangle running contactor FR: thermal relay FU1, FU2: fuse SB1: stop button SB2: start button Load line HR: power indicator HY: star start indicator HG: triangle running indicator
http:// www.waromgroup.com
5/17
6/0
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Contents
Distribution Boxes BXM(D)51 Series Explosion-proof Illumination (Power) Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB) BXM(D)53 Series Explosion-proof Illumination (Power) Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC) BXM(D)81 Series Explosion-proof Illumination (Power) Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB) Empty Enclosures BXT Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex d IIB, copper-free aluminium) BXT-S Series Increased Safety Enclosures (Ex e, stainless steel) BXT8050 Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex e, GRP) 6/22 6/28 6/30 6/2 6/8 6/14
More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for th e latest deve lopm ent. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs and pr oducts available without notice.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/1
Main switch current K: with main switch (optional) Sub-circuit current Sub-circuit number Design No. M: illumination D: power Explosion-proof distribution boxes
Distribution Boxes BXM51 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB)
BXM51- / / /
Standard M
DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 19. Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
Circuit 3
Circuit N
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/3
Distribution Boxes BXM51 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB)
BXM51-4/
/K/
4 1A
1+4
BXM51-6/
/K/
MCB or MCCB
1+6
BXM51-8/
/K/
MCB 1 P/2 P
1+8
BXM51-10/
/K/
Current: max.
10
32A On request
1+10
Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 4 x SAK4EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 6 x SAK4EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 8 x SAK4EN+8N+8PE 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5
BXM51-12/
/K/
100A
12
1+12
BXM51-4/
4 1A
BXM51-6/
BXM51-8/
MCB 1 P/2 P
BXM51-10/
10
10
Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE
BXM51-12/
12
12
Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.
6/4
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Distribution Boxes BXD51 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB)
BXD51- / / /
Standard M
DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 19. Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
Circuit 3
Circuit N
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/5
Distribution Boxes BXD51 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB)
BXD51-4/
/K/
4 1A 2A 4A 6 6A 10A 16A 8 MCB 3P 20A 25A Current: 32A 10 40A 50A 63A 12 On request
1+4
BXD51-6/
/K/
MCB or MCCB
1+6
BXD51-8/
/K/
1+8
BXD51-10/
/K/
max. 250A
1+10
Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 12 x SAK10EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 18 x SAK10EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 24 x SAK10EN+8N+8PE 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5
BXD51-12/
/K/
1+12
BXD51-4/
1A 2A 4A 6A 10A 16A MCB 3P 20A 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A On request
BXD51-6/
BXD51-8/
BXD51-10/
10
10
Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE
BXD51-12/
12
12
Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.
6/6
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Distribution Boxes BXM(D)51 Series Explosion-proof lllumination (power) Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB)
BXM(D)51-4/
/K/
BXM(D)51-6/
/K/
BXM(D)51-8/
/K/
BXM(D)51-10/
/K/
Pedestal type
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/7
Main switch current K: with main switch (optional) Sub-circuit current Sub-circuit number Design No. M: illumination D: power Explosion-proof distribution boxes
Distribution Boxes BXM53 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC)
BXM53- / / /
DNV 11 ATEX 02455X; IECEx CQM 11.0042X EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008
General power supply Sub circuit current Exposed fastener Enclosure Enclosure material Enclosure colour Enclosure type
Rated voltage: max. 415V AC 50/60Hz; Rated current: max.100A 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A Stainless steel
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Modular combination (Ex d & Ex e); MCB, MCCB or other components in Ex d compartment, indicators and terminals in Ex e compartment.
Built-in components Main switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) or MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Sub circuit switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Terminal Indicator Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Mounting Weidmuller SAK EN series Red IP65 -20 +53 x 1.5 plug (see the Selection Table on P6/10) 19.
Standard M
DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
Circuit 3
Circuit N
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/9
Distribution Boxes BXM53 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC)
BXM53-4/
/K/
4 1A
1+4
BXM53-6/
/K/
MCB or MCCB
1+6
BXM53-8/
/K/
MCB 1P/2P
1+8
32A On request
1+10
Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 4 x SAK4EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 6 x SAK4EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 8 x SAK4EN+8N+8PE 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5
1+12
BXM53-4/
4 1A
BXM53-6/
BXM53-8/
MCB 1P/2P
BXM53-10/
10
10
Incoming 1 x M40x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE
BXM53-12/
12
12
Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.
6/10
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Distribution Boxes BXD53 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC)
BXD53- / / /
DNV 11 ATEX 02455X; IECEx CQM 11.0042X EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008
General power supply Sub circuit current Exposed fastener Enclosure Enclosure material Enclosure colour Enclosure type
Rated voltage: max. 415V AC 50/60Hz; Rated current: max.250A 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A, 40A, 50A, 63A Stainless steel
Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Modular combination (Ex d & Ex e); MCB, MCCB or other components in Ex d compartment, indicators and terminals in Ex e compartment.
Built-in components Main switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) or MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Sub circuit switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Terminal Indicator Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Mounting Weidmuller SAK EN series Red IP65 -20 +53 x 1.5 plug (see the Selection Table on P6/12) 19.
Standard M
DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
Circuit 3
Circuit N
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/11
Distribution Boxes BXD53 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC)
BXD53-4/
/K/
1+4 1A 2A 4A
1+6
1+8
1+10
Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 12 x SAK10EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 18 x SAK10EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 24 x SAK10EN+8N+8PE 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5
1+12
BXD53-4/
1A 2A 4A
BXD53-6/
6A 10A 16A
BXD53-8/
MCB 3P
BXD53-10/
10
10
Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE
BXD53-12/
12
12
Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.
6/12
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Distribution Boxes BXM(D)53 Series Explosion-proof lllumination (power) Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC)
BXM(D)53-4/
/K/
13
BXM(D)53-6/
/K/
BXM(D)53-8/
/K/
13
BXM(D)53-10/
/K/
13
Surface type
BXM(D)51-12/
13
13
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/13
Main switch current K: with main switch (optional) Sub-circuit current Sub-circuit number Design No. M: illumination D: power Explosion-proof distribution boxes
Distribution Boxes BXM81 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)
BXM81- / / /
LCIE 11 ATEX 3064X; IECEx CQM 11.0032; GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008
General power supply Sub circuit current Exposed fastener Enclosure material Enclosure colour Built-in components Main switch
Rated voltage: max. 415V AC 50/60Hz; Rated current: max. 100A 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A Stainless steel Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) MCB (mini circuit breaker) or MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request MCB (mini circuit breaker)
Sub-circuit switch Terminal Indicator Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Mounting
Note: electric leakage protection on request Weidmuller SAK EN series Red, green, yellow IP66 -60 +55 x 1.5 plug (see the Selection Table on P6/16)
Standard M
DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
Circuit 3
Circuit N
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/15
Distribution Boxes BXM81 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)
BXM81-4/
/K/
4 1A
BXM81-6/
/K/
MCB or MCCB
BXM81-8/
/K/
MCB 1P/2P
32A On request
Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 4 x SAK4EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 6 x SAK4EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 8 x SAK4EN+8N+8PE 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5
BXM81-4/
4 1A
BXM81-6/
BXM81-8/
MCB 1P/2P
BXM81-10/
10
Incoming 1 x M40x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE
BXM81-12/
12
Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.
6/16
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Distribution Boxes BXD81 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)
BXD81- / / /
LCIE 11 ATEX 3064X; IECEx CQM 11.0032; GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008
General power supply Sub circuit current Exposed fastener Enclosure material Enclosure colour Built-in components Main switch
Rated voltage: max. 415V AC 50/60Hz; Rated current: max. 250A 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A, 40A, 50A, 63A Stainless steel Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040)
MCB (mini circuit breaker) or MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request
Sub-circuit switch
Terminal Indicator Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Mounting
Weidmuller SAK EN series Red, green, yellow IP66 -60 +55 x 1.5 plug (see the Selection Table on P6/18) 25.
Standard M
DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
Circuit 3
Circuit N
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/17
Distribution Boxes BXD81 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)
BXD81-4/
/K/
1A 2A 4A
BXD81-6/
/K/
MCB or MCCB
6A 10A 16A
BXD81-8/
/K/
MCB 3P
Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 12 x SAK10EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 18 x SAK10EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 24 x SAK10EN+8N+8PE 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5
On request
BXD81-4/
1A 2A 4A
BXD81-6/
6A 10A 16A MCB 3P 20A 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A On request
BXD81-8/
BXD81-10/
10
Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE
BXD81-12/
12
Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.
6/18
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Distribution Boxes BXM81 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)
BXM81-4/
/K/
BXM81-6/
/K/
BXM81-8/
/K/
BXM81-10/
/K/
BXM81-12/
/K/
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/19
Distribution Boxes BXD81 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)
BXD81-4/ /K/
BXD81-6/ /K/
BXD81-8/ /K/
BXD81-10/ /K/
BXD81-12/ /K/
6/20
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Distribution Boxes BXM(D)81 Series Explosion-proof Illumination (Power) Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)
Surface type
Pedestal type
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/21
B XT-
-W
Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5
A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1
C/D 8 7 3 2 2 2 V
A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1
C/D 10 9 4 3 3 2 VB
A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1
C/D 12 10 6 4 3 3 VI
A/B 10 9 7 3 3 2
C/D 12 11 9 4 3 3
A/B 16 12 9 5 4 2 VIB
C/D 20 15 12 6 5 3
A/B 12 11 9 4 3 3 VII
C/D 16 14 12 5 4 3
A/B 22 15 12 6 5 3 VIIB
C/D 30 20 16 9 7 5
Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5
A/B 14 12 10 4 4 3
C/D 21 19 15 7 5 5
A/B 24 18 14 8 5 4
C/D 40 27 21 12 9 7
A/B 19 16 13 7 6 3
C/D 33 28 22 13 11 5
A/B 30 20 18 11 6 5
C/D 50 36 30 18 10 9
A/B 28 25 21 11 10 4
C/D 41 35 29 16 13 6
A/B 45 30 25 15 12 7
C/D 65 44 36 21 12 10
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/23
Enclosure Type A BXT-I-W BXT-II-W BXT-IIB-W BXT-III-W BXT-IIIB-W BXT-IV-W BXT-IVB-W BXT-V-W BXT-VB-W BXT-VI-W BXT-VIB-W BXT-VII-W BXT-VIIB-W 250 300 350 350 350 450 450 560 560 634 634 720 720 Dimensions a 192 242 292 292 292 378 378 488 488 560 560 640 640 B 200 200 200 300 300 350 350 400 400 434 434 560 560 b 142 142 142 242 242 278 278 328 328 360 360 480 480 C 170 170 170 200 270 210 280 210 280 265 335 275 345 c 120 120 120 150 220 150 220 150 220 205 275 205 275 e 180 230 280 280 280 365 365 475 475 522 522 620 620 f 130 130 130 230 230 265 265 315 315 322 322 460 460 d M8 M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 Weight (kg) 6.70 8.00 9.50 14.50 17.50 23.00 27.50 34.50 39.50 46.00 52.00 74.50 83.00
Mounting feet Type BXT-I-W BXT-II-W BXT-IIB-W BXT-III-W BXT-IIIB-W BXT-IV-W BXT-IVB-W BXT-V-W BXT-VB-W BXT-VI-W BXT-VIB-W BXT-VII-W BXT-VIIB-W Dimensions A 240 240 240 340 340 400 400 450 450 480 480 620 620 B 200 200 200 300 300 350 350 400 400 430 430 560 560 C 130 130 130 230 230 265 265 315 315 320 320 460 460 D 30 30 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 E 16 16 16 24 24 24 24 26 26 26 26 26 26 F 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 H 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Mounting plate Type BXT-I-W BXT-II-W BXT-IIB-W BXT-III-W BXT-IIIB-W BXT-IV-W BXT-IVB-W BXT-V-W BXT-VB-W BXT-VI-W BXT-VIB-W BXT-VII-W BXT-VIIB-W Dimensions A 170 220 270 270 270 350 350 450 450 530 530 600 600 a 120 170 220 220 220 300 300 390 390 470 470 550 550 B 120 120 120 220 220 250 250 290 290 330 330 440 440 b 70 70 70 170 170 200 200 230 230 270 270 390 390
C 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
D 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
t 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6/24
http:// www.waromgroup.com
BXT-
Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5
A/B 7 6 3 2 2 1
C/D 11 10 7 3 3 2
A/B 11 10 7 3 3 2
C/D 13 11 9 4 4 3
A/B 13 11 9 4 4 3
C/D 16 14 11 5 4 4
A/B 26 22 14 11 7 5
C/D 32 28 18 14 8 7
A/B 13 11 9 4 4 3
C/D 18 16 14 6 5 4
A/B 26 22 14 11 7 5
C/D 36 32 21 15 9 7
VB
VI
VIB
VII
VIIB
Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5
A/B 26 17 14 12 5 4
C/D 29 19 16 13 6 5
A/B 39 34 14 12 10 8
C/D 43 38 24 20 11 9
A/B 29 19 16 12 6 4
C/D 30 20 16 13 6 5
A/B 43 38 24 20 11 9
C/D 44 40 24 21 11 9
A/B 29 19 16 13 6 5
C/D 36 24 20 16 7 6
A/B 43 38 24 20 11 9
C/D 53 48 27 26 14 11
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/25
c d e a
Enclosure Dimensions Type A BXT-I BXT-II BXT-III BXT-IIIB BXT-IV BXT-IVB BXT-V BXT-VB BXT-VI BXT-VIB BXT-VII BXT-VIIB 300 350 420 420 480 480 550 550 560 560 670 670 a 235 285 355 355 415 415 480 480 480 480 600 600 B 200 300 350 350 350 350 500 500 550 550 550 550 b 135 235 285 285 285 285 430 430 490 490 480 480 C 165 165 165 265 165 265 195 295 195 295 195 295 c 115 115 115 215 115 215 140 240 140 240 140 240 e 260 290 360 360 425 425 490 490 505 505 615 615 f 160 240 300 300 300 300 450 450 500 500 500 500 d M8 M8 M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 (kg) 10.50 15.25 21.20 23.80 22.75 26.25 40.20 45.60 43.50 49.00 49.50 55.70 Weight
6/26
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Mounting feet Dimensions Type A BXT-I BXT-II BXT-III BXT-IIIB BXT-IV BXT-IVB BXT-V BXT-VB BXT-VI BXT-VIB BXT-VII BXT-VIIB 280 390 450 450 450 450 600 600 650 650 650 650 B 250 350 400 400 400 400 550 550 600 600 600 600 C 160 240 300 300 300 300 450 450 500 500 500 500 D 30 30 30 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 E 16 16 16 16 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 F 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 H 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Mounting plate Dimensions Type A BXT-I BXT-II BXT-III BXT-IIIB BXT-IV BXT-IVB BXT-V BXT-VB BXT-VI BXT-VIB BXT-VII BXT-VIIB 226 276 346 346 406 406 474 474 484 484 594 594 a 196 246 316 316 376 376 444 444 454 454 564 564 B 126 226 276 276 276 276 424 424 474 474 474 474 b 96 196 246 246 246 246 394 394 444 444 444 444
C 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
D 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
t 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/27
BXT-SII 2 G Ex e II Gb LCIE 10 ATEX 3070U EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006
Zones 1&2
6/28
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Selection table of BXT-S series increased safety enclosures (all dimensions in mm)
Outline & Installation Type BXT-S-I BXT-S-II BXT-S-III BXT-S-IV BXT-S-V BXT-S-VI BXT-S-VII Outline dimensions A 120 190 250 300 480 600 860 B 120 150 250 300 480 500 640 C 88.5 88.5 148.5 148.5 148.5 198.5 218.5 D 87 97 157 157 157 207 227 Installation dimensions E 190 260 320 370 550 670 930 F 156 226 286 336 516 636 896 G 80 110 210 260 440 460 600
Internal Type BXT-S-I BXT-S-II BXT-S-III BXT-S-IV BXT-S-V BXT-S-VI BXT-S-VII Dimensions A 60 60 120 120 120 170 190 B 76 146 206 243 423 543 803 C 76 106 206 243 423 443 583 Weight (kg) 2.25 3.60 7.40 8.70 18.60 25.70 40.10
Mounting plate Type BXT-S-I BXT-S-II BXT-S-III BXT-S-IV BXT-S-V BXT-S-VI BXT-S-VII Dimensions A 80 130 190 240 420 540 800 B 70 90 190 240 420 440 580 C 60 110 160 210 390 510 770 D 52 70 166 216 390 410 550 E 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 F 10 10 17 17 17 17 17 t 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/29
BXT8050II 2 G Ex e II LCIE 09 ATEX 3095U EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2006
Zones 1&2
6/30
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Outline & Installation Type BXT8050-I BXT8050-II BXT8050-III BXT8050-IV BXT8050-V BXT8050-VI BXT8050-VII Outline dimensions A 110 130 179 220 360 220 360 B 139 220 260 360 360 220 721 C 98 109 121 121 121 121 171.5 Installation dimensions D 96 116 163 200 340 200 340 E 91 172 200 296 260 156 656 F 6.5 6.5 7 9 9 9 9
Internal Type BXT8050-I BXT8050-II BXT8050-III BXT8050-IV BXT8050-V BXT8050-VI BXT8050-VII Dimensions A 67 94 130 169 266 126 300 B 74 148 174 266 309 208 621 C 81 90 102 102 102 102 102 Weight (kg) 0.80 1.30 2.10 3.25 4.15 2.05 8.40
Dimensions A 123 204 240 322 332 175 667 B 94 114 159 188 316 175 296 C 100 190 122 282 282 142 643 D 145 142 282 142 282 E 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 t 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
http:// www.waromgroup.com
6/31
7/0
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Contents
Accessories for Installation BHC Series Explosion-proof Aluminium Alloy Bushings (Ex e) BHC Series Explosion-proof Cast Iron Bushings (Ex e) BGJ Series Explosion-proof Connectors (Ex d IIC) BAG Series Explosion-proof Seal Bushings (Ex d IIC) Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) DQM-III Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Flexible Conduits BNG Series Rubber Explosion-proof Flexible Conduits (Ex d IIC) BNG Series Stainless Steel Explosion-proof Flexible Conduits (Ex d IIC) Accessories 7/26 7/28 7/30 7/16 7/20 7/24 7/2 7/5 7/8 7/12
More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for the latest development. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs an d products available without notice.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/1
BHC-
II 2 G Ex e II LCIE 06 ATEX 6017; IECEx LCI 08.0004 EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-7:2003 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2001 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface. Window grey (RAL7040) IP65 -20 +55 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional.
Zones 1&2
7/2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type B M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type C M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type D M63 x 1.5 93.5 83 194.5 701024 1.20 115 52 55 63 71 80 83 45 49 54 65 71 204 101 108 135 162.5 165.5 701018 701019 701020 701021 701022 701023 1.20 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.50 0.60 93.5 69 72 80 88 100 83 45 49 54 65 71 204 110 118 145 170 176 701012 701013 701014 701015 701016 701017 1.20 0.20 0.25 0.40 0.55 0.65 W 35 38 45 54 60 72 52 55 63 71 80 H 45 49 54 65 71 83 45 49 54 65 71 L 110 118 145 170 176 204 110 118 145 170 176 701001 701002 701003 701004 701005 701006 701007 701008 701009 701010 701011 0.15 0.20 0.35 0.50 0.60 0.65 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.50 0.65 Dimensions (mm) Ordering code Weight (kg)
Type A
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/3
Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type E M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type F M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type G M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type H M63 x 1.5 W 52 55 63 71 80 93.5 35 38 46 54 60 72 35 38 46 54 60 72 30 35 41 51 57 70 H 45 49 54 65 71 83 62 66 71 82 91 104 62 66 71 82 91 104 51 53 64 69 76 95 L 101 108 135 162.5 165.5 194.5 101 108 135 162.5 165.5 194.5 110 118 145 170 176 204 84 89 108 116 130 168 701025 701026 701027 701028 701029 701030 701031 701032 701033 701034 701035 701036 701037 701038 701039 701040 701041 701042 701043 701044 701045 701046 701047 701048 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.50 0.60 1.20 0.20 0.20 0.50 0.50 0.60 1.15 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.50 0.60 1.20 0.10 0.15 0.25 0.25 0.35 0.55 Dimensions (mm) Ordering code Weight (kg)
7/4
http:// www.waromgroup.com
BHCII 2 G Ex e II
LCIE 06 ATEX 6017; IECEx LCI 08.0004 EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-7:2003 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2001
Enclosure material Enclosure colour Degree of protection Ambient temperature Type Connection thread
Cast iron; powder coated extenal surface. Window grey (RAL 7040) IP65 -20 +55
Zones 1&2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/5
Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type A M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type B M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type C M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type D M63 x 1.5 W 32 35 42 54 60 72 50 60 70 84 90 104 68 85 98 114 117 136 50 60 70 84 90 104 H 38 48 55 70 78 90 38 48 55 70 78 90 38 48 55 70 78 90 38 48 55 70 78 90 L 120 135 160 170 180 228 120 135 160 170 180 228 120 135 160 170 180 228 100 110 132 140 150 196 702001 702002 702003 702004 702005 702006 702007 702008 702009 702010 702011 702012 702013 702014 702015 702016 702017 702018 702019 702020 702021 702022 702023 702024 0.55 0.65 0.85 1.25 1.50 2.65 0.60 0.75 1.00 1.30 1.60 2.85 0.65 0.80 1.15 1.40 1.70 2.80 0.55 0.75 0.85 1.25 1.55 3.00 Dimensions (mm) Ordering code Weight (kg)
7/6
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type E M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type F M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type G M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type H M63 x 1.5 W 50 60 70 84 90 104 30 35 42 50 60 72 30 35 42 54 60 72 30 35 42 50 60 72 H 38 48 55 70 78 90 58 73 83 100 108 122 58 73 83 100 108 122 58 73 83 100 108 122 L 100 110 132 140 150 196 100 110 132 140 150 196 120 135 160 170 180 228 120 135 160 170 180 228 702025 702026 702027 702028 702029 702030 702031 702032 702033 702034 702035 702036 702037 702038 702039 702040 702041 702042 702043 702044 702045 702046 702047 702048 0.55 0.75 0.90 1.25 1.65 2.50 0.55 0.65 0.95 1.25 1.55 2.85 0.55 0.70 0.95 1.25 1.25 2.75 0.30 0.30 0.45 0.65 0.80 1.55 Dimensions (mm) Ordering code Weight (kg)
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/7
BGJ-
)/
( )
II 2 G Ex d IIC LCIE 06 ATEX 6018; IECEx LCI 08.0005 EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003
Nickel plated brass, stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel. F/F, M/F or M/M Pipe connector, reducer, connector
Zones 1&2
7/8
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 A 30 B 27 C 25 D L 34 code (kg) Dimensions (mm) Ordering Weight
703001
0.10
M25 x 1.5
36
32
31
34
703002
0.10
M32 x 1.5
42
38
37
40
703003
0.15
M40 x 1.5
52
47
46
40
703004
0.25
M50 x 1.5
60
55
54
40
703005
0.25
BGJ-I
(F)/
(F)
M63 x 1.5
70
66
65
42
703006
0.35
M20 x 1.5
30
27
25
13
36
703007
0.10
M25 x 1.5
36
32
31
18
36
703008
0.10
M32 x 1.5
42
38
37
25
42
703009
0.15
M40 x 1.5
52
47
46
32
42
703010
0.20
M50 x 1.5
60
55
54
38
42
703011
0.25
BGJ-I
(M)/
(F)
M63 x 1.5
70
66
65
50
44
703012
0.35
M20 x 1.5
25
22
13
36
703013
0.05
M25 x 1.5
30
27
18
36
703014
0.10
M32 x 1.5
40
35
24
42
703015
0.15
M40 x 1.5
50
45
32
42
703016
0.25
M50 x 1.5
58
52
38
42
703017
0.25
BGJ-I
(M)/
(M)
M63 x 1.5
67
62
50
42
703018
0.35
Note: Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/9
Selection table
Female thread Versions G1 G2 L Dimensions (mm) Ordering code Weight (kg)
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
34
7030019
0.10
M25 x 1.5
M32 x 1.5
34
703020
0.15
M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
40
703021
0.25
M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5
40
703022
0.30
BGJ-II
(F)/
(F)
M50 x 1.5
M63 x 1.5
40
703023
0.35
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
24
703024
0.05
M25 x 1.5
M32 x 1.5
24
703025
0.10
M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
34
703026
0.25
M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5
30
703027
0.45
BGJ-II
(M)/
(F)
M50 x 1.5
M63 x 1.5
33
703028
0.60
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
36
703029
0.10
M25 x 1.5
M32 x 1.5
36
703030
0.15
M32 x 1.5
M40 x 1.5
42
703031
0.25
M40 x 1.5
M50 x 1.5
42
703032
0.25
BGJ-II
(M)/
(M)
M50 x 1.5
M63 x 1.5
42
703033
0.35
Note: Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel.
7/10
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 A 38 B 15 L 40 code (kg) Dimensions (mm) Ordering Weight
703034
0.15
M25 x 1.5
46
20
40
703035
0.25
M32 x 1.5
50
25
46
703036
0.35
M40 x 1.5
65
32
46
703037
0.50
M50 x 1.5
75
38
46
703038
0.50
BGJ- III
(F)/
(F)
M63 x 1.5
85
50
52
703039
0.85
M20 x 1.5
38
15
55
703040
0.20
M25 x 1.5
46
20
55
703041
0.30
M32 x 1.5
50
25
64
703042
0.45
M40 x 1.5
65
32
64
703043
0.60
M50 x 1.5
75
38
64
703044
0.65
BGJ- III
(M)/
(F)
M63 x 1.5
85
50
73
703045
1.05
M20 x 1.5
38
15
64
703046
0.20
M25 x 1.5
46
20
64
703047
0.30
M32 x 1.5
50
25
74
703048
0.45
M40 x 1.5
65
32
74
703049
0.70
75
38
74
703050
0.75
M63 x 1.5
85
50
84
703051
1.20
Note: Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/11
Type
BAG-
Type Z, Type H, Type P Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional.
Selection table
Female thread Dimensions (mm) Versions G A B Cable outer diameter (mm) Ordering code Weight(kg)
M20 x 1.5
77
54
10
704001
0.10
M25 x 1.5
87
65
10
14
704002
0.15
Type Z
M32 x 1.5
102
78
12
17
704003
0.20
M40 x 1.5
130
87
15
23
704004
0.35
M50 x 1.5
130
92
17
26
704005
0.35
Type Z
M63 x 1.5
140
107
25
35
704006
0.50
M20 x 1.5
74
95
10
704007
0.30
M25 x 1.5
74
101
10
14
704008
0.30
M32 x 1.5
74
107
12
17
704009
0.30
98
115
15
23
704010
0.35
98
134
17
26
704011
0.45
M63 x 1.5
120
142
25
35
704012
0.55
M20 x 1.5
88
61
10
704013
0.15
M25 x 1.5
100
74
10
14
704014
0.20
Type P
M32 x 1.5
111
83
12
17
704015
0.25
M40 x 1.5
130
116
15
23
704016
0.45
M50 x 1.5
130
121
17
26
704017
0.45
Type P
M63 x 1.5
140
143
25
35
704018
0.65
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/13
Schematic diagram
M32 x 1.5)
M63 x 1.5)
BAG-H(Horizontal type)
7/14
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Explosion-proof cable glands include: 1) DQM-I (Ex e) -Plastic, unarmored -Metal, unarmored or armored 2) DQM-II (Ex d) -Metal, unarmored, single seal -Metal, armored, dual seal 3) DQM-III (Ex d) -Metal, armored, compound barrier
Zones 1&2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/15
Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Plastic Unarmored
Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Plastic Unarmored
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex e structure, made of plastic, black. Single seal, suitable for unarmored cable. Without stopping rod
Metric thread is standard type; G thread is optional, but limited at G3/4 thread is not suitable.
Selection table
Versions Gland size 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Standard entry thread B M16 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Min 5 6 9 12 10 17 23 32 Max 8 12 13 16 18 25 32 44 Minimum thread length C (mm) 15 15 15 15 14 14 15 Ordering code 705001 705002 705003 705004 705005 705006 705007 Weight (kg) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.10 0.11 0.15
Note: 1. Supplied with locknut (nickel plated brass) and seal gasket, without stopping rod. 2. Stopping rod on request. See P7/31.
7/16
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Metal Unarmored
Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Metal Unarmored
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex e structure; available in stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel. Single seal, suitable for unarmored cable.
Stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel IP65 -20 +55
Selection table
Versions Gland size 20 25 32 40 50 63 Standard entry thread B M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Min 5 10 14 18 22 32 Max 10 14 18 25 32 44 Minimum thread length C (mm) 15 15 17 17 17 17 Ordering code 706001 706002 706003 706004 706005 706006 Weight (kg) 0.15 0.15 0.30 0.50 0.55 0.70
Note: 1. Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel. 2. Supplied with locknut and seal gasket. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/17
Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Metal Armored
Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Metal Armored
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex e structure; available in stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel. Single seal, suitable for both armored and unarmored cable. Cable wiring
Stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel IP65 -20 +55
Selection table
Versions Cable outer Cable outer Standard Gland entry thread diameter A (mm) diameter B (mm) size Max Max Min C 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 Cable wiring 63S 63 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 9 13 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 46 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 Minimum Ordering Weight thread length (kg) code D (mm) 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 707001 707002 707003 707004 707005 707006 707007 707008 707009 707010 707011 707012 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.35 0.65 0.60 0.90 0.90 1.35 1.25 2.35 2.25
Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied with locknut and seal gasket. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.
7/18
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Metal Armored
Selection table
Versions Cable outer Cable outer Standard Standard Gland entry thread entry thread diameter A (mm) diameter B (mm) size Max Max Min C E 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 63S Steel pipe wiring 63 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 9 13 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 46 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 Minimum Ordering Weight thread length (kg) code D (mm) 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 707013 707014 707015 707016 707017 707018 707019 707020 707021 707022 707023 707024 0.25 0.20 0.45 0.40 0.70 0.65 1.05 0.95 1.45 1.40 2.55 2.45
Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied with locknut and seal gasket. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/19
Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Unarmored Single Seal
Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Unarmored Single Seal
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex d structure; available in stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel. Single seal, suitable for unarmored cable. Cable wiring
Stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel IP65 -20 +55
Selection table
Versions Gland size 20 25 32 40 50 Cable wiring 63 Standard entry thread B M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Min 6.5 10 11 14 20 25 Max 11 15 18 24 27 35 Minimum thread length C (mm) 16 16 16 16 16 16 Ordering code 708001 708002 708003 708004 708005 708006 Weight (kg) 0.15 0.25 0.40 0.55 0.65 0.90
Note: 1. Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.
7/20
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Unarmored Single Seal
Selection table
Versions Gland size 20 25 32 40 50 Steel pipe wiring 63 Standard entry thread B M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Standard entry thread D M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Min 10 12 15 18 26 30 Max 14 17 23 30 37 47 Minimum Ordering Weight thread length (kg) code C (mm) 15 15 17 17 17 17 708007 708008 708009 708010 708011 708012 0.20 0.25 0.40 0.60 0.75 1.15
Note: 1. Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/21
Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Dual Seal
Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Dual Seal
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex d structure; available in stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel. Dual seal, suitable for both armored and unarmored cable. Cable wiring
Stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel IP66 -20 +55
Selection table
Type Standard Gland entry thread size C 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 Cable wiring 63S 63 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Min 5 7 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 Max 9 13 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 46 Cable outer diameter B (mm) Min 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 Max 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 Minimum thread length D (mm) 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 Ordering code 709001 709002 709003 709004 709005 709006 709007 709008 709009 709010 709011 709012 Weight (kg) 0.35 0.30 0.45 0.40 0.70 0.65 1.10 1.05 1.60 1.50 2.55 2.45
Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.
7/22
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Dual Seal
Selection table
Versions Minimum Cable outer Cable outer Standard Standard Gland Ordering Weight entry thread entry thread diameter A (mm) diameter B (mm) thread length (kg) size code D (mm) Min Max Min Max C E 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 Steel pipe wiring 63S 63 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 5 7 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 9 13 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 46 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 709013 709014 709015 709016 709017 709018 709019 709020 709021 709022 709023 709024 0.40 0.35 0.50 0.45 0.75 0.70 1.20 1.15 1.70 1.65 2.75 2.70
Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/23
Cable Glands DQM-III Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Compound Barrier
Cable Glands DQM-III Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Compound Barrier
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex d structure; available in stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel. Cable wiring With seal ring and sealing compound; suitable for armored cable. The compound consists of type A and type B; it can solidify Steel pipe wiring after mixing together
Nemko 10 ATEX 1005X; IECEx CQM 11.0028 EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007
Stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel IP66 -20 +55
Selection table
Versions Gland size 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 Cable wiring 63S 63 Standard entry thread C M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Max 7 11 11 16 16 19 19 25 25 32 32 42 Cable outer diameter B (mm) Min 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 Max 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 Minimum Ordering thread length code D (mm) 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 710001 710002 710003 710004 710005 710006 710007 710008 710009 710010 710011 710012 Weight (kg) 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.35 0.60 0.55 0.95 0.90 1.55 1.35 2.35 2.25
Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.
7/24
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Cable Glands DQM-III Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Compound Barrier
Selection table
Versions Minimum Cable outer Cable outer Standard Standard Gland Ordering Weight entry thread entry thread diameter A (mm) diameter B (mm) thread length (kg) size code D (mm) Max Min Max C E 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 Steel pipe wiring 63S 63 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 7 11 11 16 16 19 19 25 25 32 32 42 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 710013 710014 710015 710016 710017 710018 710019 710020 710021 710022 710023 710024 0.35 0.30 0.45 0.40 0.70 0.65 1.05 0.05 1.55 1.50 2.55 2.45
Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/25
M: Male thread F: Female thread Size Thread M: Male thread F: Female thread Size Thread
M: Metric thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread M: Metric thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread
BNG-
)/
( )
EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 61241-0:2006, EN 61241-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004
Rubber body; connectors at both ends in galvanized carbon steel. IP66 -60 +55
Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional. F/F, M/F or M/M
Selection table
Internal nominal diameter (mm) 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (M)/ (F) 50 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (M)/ (M) 50 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (F)/ (F) 50 Pipe connector thread G M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Length L (mm) 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 Minimum bending radius (mm) 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 Ordering code Weight (kg)
Versions
711001 711002 711003 711004 711005 711006 711007 711008 711009 711010 711011 711012 711013 711014 711015 711016 711017 711018 711019 711020 711021 711022 711023 711024 711025 711026 711027 711028 711029 711030 711031 711032 711033 711034 711035 711036
0.70 0.70 1.00 1.25 1.45 1.65 1.95 2.20 2.35 2.65 4.35 4.80 0.60 0.65 0.95 1.15 1.25 1.45 1.65 1.90 2.00 2.35 4.00 4.50 0.80 0.85 1.15 1.40 1.55 1.70 2.35 2.40 2.65 2.85 4.55 5.00
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/27
M: Male thread F: Female thread Size Thread M: Male thread F: Female thread Size Thread
M: Metric thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread M: Metric thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread
BNG- x
( )/
( )
Selection table
Internal nominal diameter (mm) 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (M)/ (F) 50 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (M)/ (M) 50 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (F)/ (F) 50 Pipe connector thread G M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Length L (mm) 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 Minimum bending radius (mm) 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 Ordering code Weight (kg)
Versions
712001 712002 712003 712004 712005 712006 712007 712008 712009 712010 712011 712012 712013 712014 712015 712016 712017 712018 712019 712020 712021 712022 712023 712024 712025 712026 712027 712028 712029 712030 712031 712032 712033 712034 712035 712036
0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 1.05 1.15 1.25 1.30 1.70 1.95 2.35 2.40 0.50 0.65 0.80 0.95 1.00 1.05 1.15 1.20 1.60 1.80 2.15 2.25 0.65 0.75 0.95 1.05 1.10 1.30 1.35 1.40 1.80 2.15 2.55 3.15
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/29
Accessories for cable gland include stopping rod, stopping plug, shroud, earth lug, etc., meeting requir ements o f connection between enclosure and cable gland. For example, the DQM-I Ex e stopping rod is used for DQM-I Ex e cable gland in plastic to plug up explosion-proof enclosure. Ex e stopping plug in plastic is used to plug up cable entrie s on Ex e enclosure. Ex d stopping plug in aluminium alloy and metal is used to plug up cable entries on Ex d enclosure. The shroud protects cable gland against damage. The earth lug between cable gland and enclosure for earth connection.
Zones 1&2
7/30
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Accessories
Function: Suitable for DQM-I Ex e plastic unarmored cable gland (see P7/16).
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/31
Accessories
Function: To be used at spare entries of explosion-proof equipment; made of plastic; corrosion-proof and water-proof; standard metric thread; supplied with seal gasket. Note: Shall be used together with locknut.
BPT stopping plug (galvanized carbon steel, nickel plated brass or stainless steel.)
Specification A M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 30 36 45 54 62 81 S 27 32 38 47 55 66 Dimensions(mm) L 22 22 26 26 26 30 L1 17 17 20 20 20 22 M M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Ordering code 715011 715012 715013 715014 715015 715016 Weight (kg) 0.05 0.07 0.15 0.17 0.26 0.47
II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb +95
Certificate No.: LCIE 09 ATEX 3040 Material: Copper-free aluminium, galvanized carbon steel, nickel plated brass or stainless steel. Function: Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional. To be used at spare entries of explosion-proof equipment; corrosion-proof and water-proof; supplied with seal gasket (not applicable for NPT thread). Note: Please specify material when ordering. The weight above is based upon nickel plated brass .
7/32
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Accessories
25
http:// www.waromgroup.com
7/33
8/0
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Contents
General Introduction 8/2
Air Conditioners BKC Series Explosion-proof Window Air Conditioners (Ex d nC IIB) BKF Series Explosion-proof Wall Air Conditioners (Ex d[ib] ib nC IIB, IIC) BKG Series Explosion-proof Tank Air Conditioners (Ex deib[ib Gb]nC IIB, IIC) 8/4 8/6 8/8
Pressurized products PXK Series Explosion-proof Pressurized Distribution Cabinets (Ex deib[ib]px IIB) PXB Series Explosion-proof Engineering Cabins 8/12 8/16
More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for the latest development. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs and products available without notice.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
8/1
explosion-proof treatment of products of T1,T2,T3 groups is based on MITSUBISHI, O GENERAL (FUJI) Carrer or GREE, User should choose the prope r product according to the local ambient temperature. The pr od uc t c an adj ust ind oor tem per atu re a nd f il te r a ir automatic ally, and pro vide comfortable environment. Also, it is used to eliminate humidity and fresh the air. It can be widely used in explosive gas atmosphere of II A, II B, II C with temperature groups of T1, T2, T3, suc h as petr oleum, chemical, mine, oil storage, pharmacy, gas station, liquefied gas station,military facilities, etc.. Product of T1 group is suitable in area with medium temperature while low temperature for T2 product and high for T3 respectively. For e xplos ion-p roof windo w air conditio ner, the corresponding product is the single cooling air condi tioner in T1, T3 group. For spl it tank and s plit wall types , bot h si ngle co olin g and combined heating an d cooling products in T1, T2,and T3 are available. Norm ally, th e product is of T1 temperature class rated voltage is AC220V/50Hz. other voltages are available, such as AC220V/60Hz, AC230V/50Hz, AC230V/60Hz, AC240V/50Hz, AC240V/60Hz etc. please specify when ordering. The Technical Parameters of all kinds of air conditioners are that of T1 temperature class. Cooling capacity Generally, cooling c apacity of 1P (horse power) equals to 2000Kcal. Acco rding to i ntern ation al standard, cooling capacity of 1P=2000Kcal x 1.162=2324(W). W represents cooling capacity. Cooli ng capacit y of 1.5P=2000Kcal x 1.5 x 1.162=3486(W). Therefore, it is easy to determine horse power of the air conditioner and the cooling capacity. Normally, 1P product is defined in the range of 2200(W) 2600(W); 3200(W) 3600(W) for 1.5P; 4500 (W) 5100(W) for 2P. For Brit is h uni t, it shou ld be calc ulated as follows: A(BTU) x 1.06 3.6 =B (W). For instance, 18000 (BTU) x 1.06 3.6=5300 (W), that is, 2P air conditioner. In room of
3 meters high and with out large heating unit, air conditioner of 1P , 1.5P, 2P, 3P, or 5P is suitably used in areas of 12 18, 20 25, 24 36, 30 40, 40 60(m2). Increase the cooling capacity accordingly if height of room exceeds 3 meters or there is frequent personnel in and out.
Pressurized products
Distribution Cabinets
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Explosion-proof types IIB. Available in types G(Cabinet type), X(Box type), Q(Piano type), T(Special requirement). The explosion-proof performance is achieved by isolating the ignition source by medium, that is, to put all the electrical components in an enclosure filled with pressurized and clean medium, which makes the combustible mixed gas unable to get in touch with
8/2
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Engineering Cabins
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Enclosure in carbon steel or stainless steel. Two enclosure types. Can be customized on request. The pressurized engineering cabin is integral of the combination, completion, and installation of industrial online instruments, and is firstly widely used in oil field, oil refining, and chemical enterprise; The engineering cabinet is of steel construction; the inner and outer walls are both steel plate, with thermal ins ulati ng layer in the middle; The product is mainly applicable for on-site centralized control, dispatch, craft analysis and instrument monitoring; The system consists of main structure of room, pressurized control system, pressur ized vent ilation s ystem, pr essure mo nitoring system, detection system of combustible gas, detection system of toxic gas, high temperature alarm system, smog alarm system, audio and visual alarm system, lighting system, air conditioner system, general power system and electrical system.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
8/3
General Introduction
For explosion-proof window air conditioner, the corresponding product is the single cooling air conditioner in T1 and T3 group. It is mainly used in h igh temperature areas, such as Middle East, Middle Africa, South Asia and tropical zone nearby the equator. Explosion-proof window air conditioner is developed on base of produ ct of Carrier, O GENERAL (FUJI) or GREE brand, by conducting explosion-proof treatment to internal control units, compressor, indoor and outdoor fan motors, temperature sensor system, protective system, heat-removal system, cooling system, etc., after which the outline dimensions and installation are the same as the original ones. Normally, the product is of T1 temperature class rated voltage is AC220V/50Hz. other voltages are available, such as AC220V/60Hz, AC230V/50Hz, AC230V/60Hz, AC240V/50Hz, AC240V/60Hz etc. please specify when ordering.
BKC- /
II 3 G Ex d nC IIB T4 Gc LCIE 11 ATEX 1002X; IECEx CQM 11.0021X EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-15:2005 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-15:2010
BHD51
Zone 2
8/4
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Technical data
Type W Cooling capacity BTU Rated voltage/Frequency (V/Hz) Input power (P) Cooling input power (W) Rated current (A) Application areas (m2) Indoor unit
Sound level (dB)
Outdoor unit Outline dimensions (L x W x H) (mm) Weight (kg) Note Technical data above for products of T1 rating.
Accessories
Image Name Application Ordering code
801001
801002
T1, AC220V/50Hz BKC-70/220 Explosion-proof fan motor Explosion-proof fan motor T3, AC220V/50Hz
801003
801004
801005
801006
801007
801008
http:// www.waromgroup.com
8/5
General Introduction
For explosion-proof wall air conditioner, both single cooling and combined heating and cooling products in T1, T2,and T3 are available, to meet different requirements of low, med ium and high temperature zones world wide. Explosiooon-proof wall air conditioner is developed on base of normal product of MITSUBISHI, Carrier, O GENERAL (FUJI) or GREE br ands, by taking explosion-proof measures to indoor and outdoor units. Measures to ou tdoor unit: by taking special technics and control, conduct explosion-proof treatment to internal control units, compressor, outdoor fan motor, protective system, heat-removal system, cooling system, etc. Besides, explos ion-proof control box and s ensor sys tem are c oped with intrinsic safety. The outline dimensions and installation are the same as the original ones after explosion-proof treatment. Indoor unit: by taking special technics and control, dismantle internal electric control units and redesign to explosion-proof structure whi ch enable s seperat e explosi on-proof control box. Remote controller (3V safet y power) and sensor system are coped with intrinsic safety. The outline dimensions and installation are the same as the original ones after explosion-proof treatment. Normally, the product is of T1 temperature class rated voltage is AC220V/50Hz. other voltages are available, such as AC220V/ 6 0Hz, AC 230V/ 50Hz, AC230V /60Hz , AC240V/50Hz, AC240V/60Hz etc. please specify when ordering.
BKF(R)- /
II 3 G Ex nC II 146 (T3) II 3 G Ex d IIB II 3 G Ex d IIB II 2 G Ex d IIB T4 II 2 G Ex d[ib] ib IIB T4 IECEx CQM 08.0017X PCEC(China) Whole unit: Ex nCd[ib] ib IIB 146 Outdoor unit: Ex dnC IIB 146 Indoor unit: Ex d[ib] ib IIB T4 Ex deib[ib Gb]nC IIB T4 Gc Ex deib[ib Gb]nC IIC T4 Gc
EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-11:2007, EN 60079-15:2005 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-11:2006, IEC 60079-15:2005
Outdoor unit
Cable
Cable
Brass pipe
Outdoor
Indoor
Zones 1&2
8/6
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Technical data
Type W Cooling capacity BTU Heating capacity (W) Rated voltage/Frequency (V/Hz) Input power (P) Cooling input power/Current (W/A) Heating input power/Current (W/A) Application areas (m ) Sound level (dB) Indoor unit Outdoor unit Indoor unit Outline dimensions Outdoor unit (L x W x H) (mm) Control box Indoor unit Weight (kg) Outdoor unit Control box Note Technical data above for products of T1 rating.
2
220/50 2P 2060/9.6
220/50 3P 2650/12.2
24
36
22
27
29
48
27
34
Accessories
Image Name Application T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-50/220 Explosion-proof indoor fan motor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-71/220 Explosion-proof indoor fan motor Explosion-proof indoor fan motor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-50/220 Explosion-proof compressor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-71/220 Explosion-proof compressor Explosion-proof compressor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-50/220 Explosion-proof outdoor fan motor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-71/220 Explosion-proof outdoor fan motor Explosion-proof outdoor fan motor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz Ordering code 802001 802002 802003 802004 802005 802006 802007 802008 802009 802010 802011 802012 802013 802014 802015 802016 802017 802018
http:// www.waromgroup.com
8/7
General Introduction
For explosion-proof tank air conditioner, both single cooling and combined heating and cooling products in T1, T2,and T3 are available, to meet different requirements of low, medium and high temperature zones world wide. Explosion-proof tank air conditioner is developed on base of normal product of MITSUBISHI, Carrier, O GENERAL(FUJI) or GREE brands, by taking explosion- proof measures to indoor and outdoor units. Measures to outdoor unit: by taking special technic s and c ontro l, co nduct explosion-proof treatment to internal control units, compressor, outdoor fan motor, protective system, heat-removal system, cooling s ystem, etc . Besides, explosion -proof con trol box and sensor system are coped with intrinsic safety. The o utline dim ensions an d installation are the same as the original ones after explosionproof treatment. Indoor unit: b y taking special technics and control, dismantle internal electric control units and re-design to explosion-proof structure which enables seperate expl osion-proo f control box. Remote controller and sensor system are coped with intrinsic safety. The outline d imensions and installation are the same as the original ones after explosion-proof treatm ent . Normally, the product is of T1 temperature class rated voltage is AC220V/50Hz. other voltages are available, such as AC220V/ 60Hz, AC230V/50Hz, AC230V/60Hz, AC240V/50Hz, AC240V/60Hz etc. please specify when ordering.
BKG(R)- /
PCEC (China); LCIE 12 ATEX_____ ; IECEx EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-11:2007 EN 60079-15:2010 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-11:2006 IEC 60079-15:2010
Zones 1&2
8/8
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Technical data
Type W Cooling capacity BTU Heating capacity (W) Rated voltage/Frequency (V/Hz) Input power (P) Cooling input power/current (W/A) Heating input power/current (W/A) Application areas (m ) Indoor unit Sound level (dB) Outdoor unit Indoor unit Outline dimensions Outdoor unit (L x W x H) (mm) Control box Indoor unit Weight (kg) Outdoor unit Control box 380 x 250 x 165 48 75 6 870 x 850 x 319 53 1900 x 600 x 280 53 1900 x 600 x 280 870 x 850 x 319 380 x 250 x 165 48 75 6
2
220/50 3P 2780/12.1
380/50 5P 4380/7.8
27 32 43
27 32 43
50 80 52 56 1900 x 600 x 280 1258 x 970 x 369 380 x 250 x 165 48 119 7
50 80 52 56 1900 x 600 x 280 1258 x 970 x 369 380 x 250 x 165 48 119 7
Cable
Cable
Brass pipe
Indoor
Outdoor
http:// www.waromgroup.com
8/9
Accessories
Image Name Application Ordering code
T1, AC220V/50Hz
803001
T2, AC220V/50Hz
803002
T3, AC220V/50Hz
803003
T1, AC220V/50Hz
803004
T2, AC220V/50Hz
803005
T3, AC220V/50Hz
803006
Accessories
Image Name Application Ordering code
T1, AC220V/50Hz
803007
803008
T3, AC220V/50Hz
803009
T1, AC380V/50Hz
803010
T2, AC380V/50Hz
803011
Explosion-proof compressor
T3, AC380V/50Hz
803012
8/10
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Accessories
Image Name Application Ordering code
T1, AC220V/50Hz
803013
T2, AC220V/50Hz
803014
T3, AC220V/50Hz
803015
T1, AC380V/50Hz
803016
T2, AC380V/50Hz
803017
T3, AC380V/50Hz
803018
http:// www.waromgroup.com
8/11
PXK-
Zones 1&2
8/12
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Structure description
The product consists of main panel and bracket panel. The main panel is of pressu rized c avity, with electrical comp onent s that users need and pressure check sensor system, ventilation air distri butio n system, and air condit ionin g system, etc; the bracket panel is installed with explosion-proof ventil atio n auto-control system, expl osion -proo f power auto-cut system, explosion-proof alarm system, explosion-proof pressure display system, and air in/out conne ctor; the bracket panel with auto-air supply is equipped with explosion-proof air supply device; Cabinet type product adopts GGD frame; the main panel and b racke t pan el ar e of le ft a nd r igh t struct ure;cable channel is of horizontal installation type; bottom inlet, front operation and back overhauling; Box type p roduct adopts high quality steel plate welding structure; the main panel and bracket p anel are of up and down str uctur e; wall type installation; bottom inlet, front operation and back overhauling; Piano type product adopts high quality steel plate folded welding structure; the main panel and bracket panel are of front and back structure; horizontal type installation; bottom inlet, piano type operation and back overhauling; The back doors of cabinet type and piano type are of rapid opening device, convenient for user to install and overhaul; Stainless steel material is on request.
Function description
Px series pressurized cabinets The product is set with ventilation inter-lock mechanism; the bracket panel can be energized and start to det ect the air pressure of main cavity only after ventilation of main panel cavity, reach stipulated time and ventilation value, and there is no combustible gas in the main panel; make sure the electrical components have been isolated effectively by medium before operation; The power auto-cut system of bracket panel can transmit power to main cavity only when the a ir pressur e of mai n pan el ca vity meets requirement. The working air pressure of main panel cavity: 100Pa P 800Pa; when the air pressure is higher than 800Pa, the auto-control system automatically shuts down air inflow or opens exhaust valve, so as to automatically adjust the inner air pressure; make sure the product will not be damaged by high pressure impact; when air pressure is lower than 100Pa, the autocontrol system automatically alarms (audio and visual); opens air inflow and automatically adjusts inner air; when air inflow successes, it recovers to normal; if not, the air pressure decreases to 60Pa; the system automatically de-energizing can be set if necessary; The auto-control system of bracket panel is of continuous monitoring, and displays pressure parameter of main panel cavity; Pressurized ventilation type supplies air continuously; the working heat of the electrical components can be dissipated any time, with good heat dissipation function; detect instrument, analysis instrument, display instrument, low-voltage apparatus, frequency converter, soft starter, and computer, etc can be equipped inside; the whole s et of produ ct can be u sed as devi ce start, c ontrol, central signal processing and control system; Pressurized compensation type supplies air discontinuously; the pressurized cavity is with good sealing performance; The products with the same types can operate in parallel with several sets; When user supplies air, clean or inert gas must be provided. Generally, the on- site instrument air can meet requirement. Air pressure is 0.2-0.8MPa or 0.2-0.5MPa (subject to volume size of main cavity); The applicable power system is the AC three-phase four-wire 380/220 system and all the light current system; high voltage system is not applicable. Pz series pressurized cabinets It is a pressurized explosion-proof cabinet designed for Zone 2; compared with Px series, Pz ser ies leave o ut the safe ty device that checks ventilation time, and only marks the ventilation time; it is operated according to requirement before energizing of main cavity by user; when air pressure is lower than 100Pa, the auto-control system automatically alarms (audio and visual); opens air inflow and automatically adjusts inner air; when air inflow successes, it r ecovers to normal; if not, the air pressure decreases to 60Pa; the system does not automatically de-energize, but continues to alarm.
Ordering information
Please specify the product type when ordering according to Catalogue Number Logic; Users should provide electric system drawing, control schematic diagram, brand of inner components,layout drawing of panel components, cable side of inlet/out, and quantity, etc.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
8/13
G1 G2 G3
Bracket
panel
Front view
8/14
http:// www.waromgroup.com
Typical scheme
X1 X2 X3
http:// www.waromgroup.com
8/15
This product is welded by steel. A60 Zone I Rated DNV 2.7-1 2.7-2 Rated Structure
Protected with Fire Detection Gas Detection System Fitted with Dedicated Air Conditioning System With continuous clean gas filled; keep the internal air fresh and safe. Automatic Fire Dampers (fail safe) Equipped with Fire Extinguishers Two airtight doors, equipped with viewing window and emergency exit Special requirement on request
Zones 1&2
8/16
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com
Product introduction
The explosion-proof control box is the standard control box or PLC programmed control box. Combustible gas detector and toxic gas detector are modular designed. The thermal detector, smoke detector, and pressure transmitter are intrinsic safety explosion-proof components. The power of centrifugal fan is subject to room size. The type of explosion-proof air conditioner is subject to room size. With audio and visual alarm interlock system. Illumination system is the explosion-proof fluorescent lamp. The explosion-proof emergency lamp is LED lamp.
http:// www.waromgroup.com
8/17